author | laurent |
Fri, 23 Sep 2011 20:07:40 +0200 | |
changeset 564 | 5024d42e1050 |
parent 563 | 3f92a5e18804 |
child 566 | 6014ef82a98a |
permissions | -rw-r--r-- |
0 | 1 |
#!/usr/bin/env python |
2 |
# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- |
|
3 |
||
4 |
#This file is part of PLCOpenEditor, a library implementing an IEC 61131-3 editor |
|
5 |
#based on the plcopen standard. |
|
6 |
# |
|
58 | 7 |
#Copyright (C) 2007: Edouard TISSERANT and Laurent BESSARD |
0 | 8 |
# |
9 |
#See COPYING file for copyrights details. |
|
10 |
# |
|
11 |
#This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
|
5 | 12 |
#modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public |
0 | 13 |
#License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
14 |
#version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
|
15 |
# |
|
16 |
#This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
17 |
#but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
18 |
#MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
|
58 | 19 |
#General Public License for more details. |
0 | 20 |
# |
5 | 21 |
#You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public |
0 | 22 |
#License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software |
23 |
#Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
24 |
||
25 |
import wx |
|
367 | 26 |
from time import time as gettime |
0 | 27 |
from math import * |
249 | 28 |
from types import * |
525
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
29 |
import datetime |
0 | 30 |
|
31 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
32 |
# Common constants |
|
33 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
34 |
||
35 |
""" |
|
36 |
Definition of constants for dimensions of graphic elements |
|
37 |
""" |
|
38 |
||
39 |
# FBD and SFC constants |
|
28
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
40 |
MIN_MOVE = 5 # Minimum move before starting a element dragging |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
41 |
CONNECTOR_SIZE = 8 # Size of connectors |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
42 |
BLOCK_LINE_SIZE = 20 # Minimum size of each line in a block |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
43 |
HANDLE_SIZE = 6 # Size of the squares for handles |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
44 |
ANCHOR_DISTANCE = 5 # Distance where wire is automativally attached to a connector |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
45 |
POINT_RADIUS = 2 # Radius of the point of wire ends |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
46 |
MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE = 2 # Minimum size of the endling segments of a wire |
0 | 47 |
|
48 |
# LD constants |
|
28
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
49 |
LD_LINE_SIZE = 40 # Distance between two lines in a ladder rung |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
50 |
LD_ELEMENT_SIZE = (21, 15) # Size (width, height) of a ladder element (contact or coil) |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
51 |
LD_WIRE_SIZE = 30 # Size of a wire between two contact |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
52 |
LD_WIRECOIL_SIZE = 70 # Size of a wire between a coil and a contact |
144 | 53 |
LD_POWERRAIL_WIDTH = 3 # Width of a Powerrail |
28
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
54 |
LD_OFFSET = (10, 10) # Distance (x, y) between each comment and rung of the ladder |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
55 |
LD_COMMENT_DEFAULTSIZE = (600, 40) # Size (width, height) of a comment box |
0 | 56 |
|
57 |
# SFC constants |
|
28
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
58 |
SFC_STEP_DEFAULT_SIZE = (40, 30) # Default size of a SFC step |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
59 |
SFC_TRANSITION_SIZE = (20, 2) # Size of a SFC transition |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
60 |
SFC_DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_INTERVAL = 40 # Default size of the interval between two divergence branches |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
61 |
SFC_SIMULTANEOUS_SEQUENCE_EXTRA = 20 # Size of extra lines for simultaneous divergence and convergence |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
62 |
SFC_JUMP_SIZE = (12, 13) # Size of a SFC jump to step |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
63 |
SFC_WIRE_MIN_SIZE = 25 # Size of a wire between two elements |
fc23e1f415d8
Adding support for concurrent overriden standard function
lbessard
parents:
27
diff
changeset
|
64 |
SFC_ACTION_MIN_SIZE = (100, 30) # Minimum size of an action block line |
0 | 65 |
|
66 |
# Type definition constants for graphic elements |
|
67 |
[INPUT, OUTPUT, INOUT] = range(3) |
|
68 |
[CONNECTOR, CONTINUATION] = range(2) |
|
69 |
[LEFTRAIL, RIGHTRAIL] = range(2) |
|
70 |
[CONTACT_NORMAL, CONTACT_REVERSE, CONTACT_RISING, CONTACT_FALLING] = range(4) |
|
269
34eff05909b0
Adding support for EN/ENO variables (temporarily disabled, waiting for matiec support)
lbessard
parents:
265
diff
changeset
|
71 |
[COIL_NORMAL, COIL_REVERSE, COIL_SET, COIL_RESET, COIL_RISING, COIL_FALLING] = range(6) |
0 | 72 |
[SELECTION_DIVERGENCE, SELECTION_CONVERGENCE, SIMULTANEOUS_DIVERGENCE, SIMULTANEOUS_CONVERGENCE] = range(4) |
73 |
||
74 |
# Constants for defining the type of dragging that has been selected |
|
75 |
[HANDLE_MOVE, HANDLE_RESIZE, HANDLE_POINT, HANDLE_SEGMENT, HANDLE_CONNECTOR] = range(5) |
|
76 |
||
77 |
# List of value for resize handle that are valid |
|
78 |
VALID_HANDLES = [(1,1), (1,2), (1,3), (2,3), (3,3), (3,2), (3,1), (2,1)] |
|
79 |
||
80 |
# Contants for defining the direction of a connector |
|
81 |
[EAST, NORTH, WEST, SOUTH] = [(1,0), (0,-1), (-1,0), (0,1)] |
|
82 |
||
83 |
# Contants for defining which mode is selected for each view |
|
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
84 |
[MODE_SELECTION, MODE_BLOCK, MODE_VARIABLE, MODE_CONNECTION, MODE_COMMENT, |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
85 |
MODE_COIL, MODE_CONTACT, MODE_POWERRAIL, MODE_INITIALSTEP, MODE_STEP, |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
86 |
MODE_TRANSITION, MODE_DIVERGENCE, MODE_JUMP, MODE_ACTION] = range(14) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
87 |
|
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
88 |
# Contants for defining alignment types for graphic group |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
89 |
[ALIGN_LEFT, ALIGN_CENTER, ALIGN_RIGHT, ALIGN_TOP, ALIGN_MIDDLE, ALIGN_BOTTOM] = range(6) |
27 | 90 |
|
91 |
# Contants for defining which drawing mode is selected for app |
|
92 |
[FREEDRAWING_MODE, DRIVENDRAWING_MODE] = [1, 2] |
|
93 |
||
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
94 |
# Color for Highlighting |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
95 |
HIGHLIGHTCOLOR = wx.CYAN |
58 | 96 |
|
97 |
HANDLE_CURSORS = { |
|
98 |
(1, 1) : 2, |
|
99 |
(3, 3) : 2, |
|
100 |
(1, 3) : 3, |
|
101 |
(3, 1) : 3, |
|
102 |
(1, 2) : 4, |
|
103 |
(3, 2) : 4, |
|
104 |
(2, 1) : 5, |
|
105 |
(2, 3) : 5 |
|
106 |
} |
|
0 | 107 |
|
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
108 |
def round_scaling(x, n, constraint=0): |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
109 |
fraction = float(x) / float(n) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
110 |
if constraint == - 1: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
111 |
xround = int(fraction) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
112 |
else: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
113 |
xround = round(fraction) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
114 |
if constraint == 1 and int(fraction) == xround: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
115 |
xround += 1 |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
116 |
return xround * n |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
117 |
|
0 | 118 |
""" |
119 |
Basic vector operations for calculate wire points |
|
120 |
""" |
|
121 |
||
122 |
# Create a vector from two points and define if vector must be normal |
|
123 |
def vector(p1, p2, normal = True): |
|
124 |
vector = (p2.x - p1.x, p2.y - p1.y) |
|
125 |
if normal: |
|
126 |
return normalize(vector) |
|
127 |
return vector |
|
128 |
||
129 |
# Calculate the norm of a given vector |
|
130 |
def norm(v): |
|
131 |
return sqrt(v[0] * v[0] + v[1] * v[1]) |
|
132 |
||
133 |
# Normalize a given vector |
|
134 |
def normalize(v): |
|
135 |
v_norm = norm(v) |
|
136 |
# Verifie if it is not a null vector |
|
137 |
if v_norm > 0: |
|
138 |
return (v[0] / v_norm, v[1] / v_norm) |
|
139 |
else: |
|
140 |
return v |
|
141 |
||
296 | 142 |
# Calculate the scalar product of two vectors |
143 |
def is_null_vector(v): |
|
144 |
return v == (0, 0) |
|
145 |
||
146 |
# Calculate the scalar product of two vectors |
|
147 |
def add_vectors(v1, v2): |
|
148 |
return (v1[0] + v2[0], v1[1] + v2[1]) |
|
149 |
||
150 |
# Calculate the scalar product of two vectors |
|
151 |
def product(v1, v2): |
|
152 |
return v1[0] * v2[0] + v1[1] * v2[1] |
|
153 |
||
0 | 154 |
|
155 |
""" |
|
156 |
Function that calculates the nearest point of the grid defined by scaling for the given point |
|
157 |
""" |
|
158 |
||
27 | 159 |
def GetScaledEventPosition(event, dc, scaling): |
160 |
pos = event.GetLogicalPosition(dc) |
|
0 | 161 |
if scaling: |
162 |
pos.x = round(float(pos.x) / float(scaling[0])) * scaling[0] |
|
163 |
pos.y = round(float(pos.y) / float(scaling[1])) * scaling[1] |
|
164 |
return pos |
|
165 |
||
166 |
||
167 |
""" |
|
168 |
Function that choose a direction during the wire points generation |
|
169 |
""" |
|
170 |
||
171 |
def DirectionChoice(v_base, v_target, dir_target): |
|
172 |
dir_product = product(v_base, v_target) |
|
173 |
if dir_product < 0: |
|
174 |
return (-v_base[0], -v_base[1]) |
|
175 |
elif dir_product == 0 and product(v_base, dir_target) != 0: |
|
176 |
return dir_target |
|
177 |
return v_base |
|
178 |
||
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
179 |
SECOND = 1000000 |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
180 |
MINUTE = 60 * SECOND |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
181 |
HOUR = 60 * MINUTE |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
182 |
DAY = 24 * HOUR |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
183 |
|
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
184 |
def generate_time(value): |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
185 |
microseconds = float(value.days * DAY + value.seconds * SECOND + value.microseconds) |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
186 |
negative = microseconds < 0 |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
187 |
microseconds = abs(microseconds) |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
188 |
data = "T#" |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
189 |
not_null = False |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
190 |
if negative: |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
191 |
data += "-" |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
192 |
for val, format in [(int(microseconds) / DAY, "%dd"), |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
193 |
((int(microseconds) % DAY) / HOUR, "%dh"), |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
194 |
((int(microseconds) % HOUR) / MINUTE, "%dm"), |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
195 |
((int(microseconds) % MINUTE) / SECOND, "%ds")]: |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
196 |
if val > 0 or not_null: |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
197 |
data += format % val |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
198 |
not_null = True |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
199 |
data += "%gms" % (microseconds % SECOND / 1000.) |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
200 |
return data |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
201 |
|
525
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
202 |
def generate_date(value): |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
203 |
base_date = datetime.datetime(1970, 1, 1) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
204 |
date = base_date + value |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
205 |
return date.strftime("DATE#%Y-%m-%d") |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
206 |
|
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
207 |
def generate_datetime(value): |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
208 |
base_date = datetime.datetime(1970, 1, 1) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
209 |
date_time = base_date + value |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
210 |
return date_time.strftime("DT#%Y-%m-%d-%H:%M:%S.%f") |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
211 |
|
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
212 |
def generate_timeofday(value): |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
213 |
microseconds = float(value.days * DAY + value.seconds * SECOND + value.microseconds) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
214 |
negative = microseconds < 0 |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
215 |
microseconds = abs(microseconds) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
216 |
data = "TOD#" |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
217 |
for val, format in [(int(microseconds) / HOUR, "%2.2d:"), |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
218 |
((int(microseconds) % HOUR) / MINUTE, "%2.2d:"), |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
219 |
((int(microseconds) % MINUTE) / SECOND, "%2.2d."), |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
220 |
(microseconds % SECOND, "%6.6d")]: |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
221 |
data += format % val |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
222 |
return data |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
223 |
|
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
224 |
TYPE_TRANSLATOR = {"TIME": generate_time, |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
225 |
"DATE": generate_date, |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
226 |
"DT": generate_datetime, |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
227 |
"TOD": generate_timeofday} |
0 | 228 |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
229 |
def MiterPen(colour, width=1, style=wx.SOLID): |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
230 |
pen = wx.Pen(colour, width, style) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
231 |
pen.SetJoin(wx.JOIN_MITER) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
232 |
pen.SetCap(wx.CAP_PROJECTING) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
233 |
return pen |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
234 |
|
0 | 235 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
236 |
# Debug Data Consumer Class |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
237 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
238 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
239 |
class DebugDataConsumer: |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
240 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
241 |
def __init__(self): |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
242 |
self.LastValue = None |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
243 |
self.Value = None |
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
244 |
self.DataType = None |
467
b6ac310f9551
Adding contextual menu in debug mode for forcing values
laurent
parents:
442
diff
changeset
|
245 |
self.LastForced = False |
b6ac310f9551
Adding contextual menu in debug mode for forcing values
laurent
parents:
442
diff
changeset
|
246 |
self.Forced = False |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
247 |
self.Inhibited = False |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
248 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
249 |
def Inhibit(self, inhibit): |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
250 |
self.Inhibited = inhibit |
372 | 251 |
if not inhibit and self.LastValue is not None: |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
252 |
self.SetForced(self.LastForced) |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
253 |
self.SetValue(self.LastValue) |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
254 |
self.LastValue = None |
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
255 |
|
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
256 |
def SetDataType(self, data_type): |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
257 |
self.DataType = data_type |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
258 |
|
467
b6ac310f9551
Adding contextual menu in debug mode for forcing values
laurent
parents:
442
diff
changeset
|
259 |
def NewValue(self, tick, value, forced=False): |
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
260 |
value = TYPE_TRANSLATOR.get(self.DataType, lambda x:x)(value) |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
261 |
if self.Inhibited: |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
262 |
self.LastValue = value |
467
b6ac310f9551
Adding contextual menu in debug mode for forcing values
laurent
parents:
442
diff
changeset
|
263 |
self.LastForced = forced |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
264 |
else: |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
265 |
self.SetForced(forced) |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
266 |
self.SetValue(value) |
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
267 |
|
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
268 |
def SetValue(self, value): |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
269 |
self.Value = value |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
270 |
|
505
c5aec2269fb3
Fixed exception when forcing LD?contact.
Edouqrd Tisserant <edouard.tisserant@gmail.com>
parents:
480
diff
changeset
|
271 |
def GetValue(self): |
c5aec2269fb3
Fixed exception when forcing LD?contact.
Edouqrd Tisserant <edouard.tisserant@gmail.com>
parents:
480
diff
changeset
|
272 |
return self.Value |
c5aec2269fb3
Fixed exception when forcing LD?contact.
Edouqrd Tisserant <edouard.tisserant@gmail.com>
parents:
480
diff
changeset
|
273 |
|
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
274 |
def SetForced(self, forced): |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
275 |
self.Forced = forced |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
276 |
|
467
b6ac310f9551
Adding contextual menu in debug mode for forcing values
laurent
parents:
442
diff
changeset
|
277 |
def IsForced(self): |
b6ac310f9551
Adding contextual menu in debug mode for forcing values
laurent
parents:
442
diff
changeset
|
278 |
return self.Forced |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
279 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
280 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
281 |
# Debug Viewer Class |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
282 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
283 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
284 |
REFRESH_PERIOD = 0.1 |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
285 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
286 |
class DebugViewer: |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
287 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
288 |
def __init__(self, producer, debug, register_tick=True): |
407
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
289 |
self.DataProducer = None |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
290 |
self.Debug = debug |
407
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
291 |
self.RegisterTick = register_tick |
372 | 292 |
self.Inhibited = False |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
293 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
294 |
self.DataConsumers = {} |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
295 |
|
367 | 296 |
self.LastRefreshTime = gettime() |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
297 |
|
372 | 298 |
self.RefreshTimer = wx.Timer(self, -1) |
299 |
self.Bind(wx.EVT_TIMER, self.OnRefreshTimer, self.RefreshTimer) |
|
300 |
||
407
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
301 |
self.SetDataProducer(producer) |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
302 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
303 |
def __del__(self): |
407
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
304 |
self.DataProducer = None |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
305 |
self.DeleteDataConsumers() |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
306 |
self.RefreshTimer.Stop() |
407
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
307 |
|
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
308 |
def SetDataProducer(self, producer): |
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
309 |
if self.RegisterTick and self.Debug: |
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
310 |
if producer is not None: |
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
311 |
producer.SubscribeDebugIECVariable("__tick__", self) |
480 | 312 |
if self.DataProducer is not None: |
407
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
313 |
self.DataProducer.UnsubscribeDebugIECVariable("__tick__", self) |
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
314 |
self.DataProducer = producer |
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
315 |
|
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
316 |
def IsDebugging(self): |
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
317 |
return self.Debug |
0a324a874981
Adding support for integrating PLCOpenEditor in Beremiz frame
laurent
parents:
399
diff
changeset
|
318 |
|
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
319 |
def Inhibit(self, inhibit): |
372 | 320 |
self.Inhibited = inhibit |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
321 |
for consumer, iec_path in self.DataConsumers.iteritems(): |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
322 |
consumer.Inhibit(inhibit) |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
323 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
324 |
def AddDataConsumer(self, iec_path, consumer): |
442
a756b58699b8
Adding tests to avoid in DataConsumer to call DataProducer if not defined
laurent
parents:
407
diff
changeset
|
325 |
if self.DataProducer is None: |
a756b58699b8
Adding tests to avoid in DataConsumer to call DataProducer if not defined
laurent
parents:
407
diff
changeset
|
326 |
return False |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
327 |
result = self.DataProducer.SubscribeDebugIECVariable(iec_path, consumer) is not None |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
328 |
if result is not None and consumer != self: |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
329 |
self.DataConsumers[consumer] = iec_path |
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
330 |
consumer.SetDataType(self.GetDataType(iec_path)) |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
331 |
return result |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
332 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
333 |
def RemoveDataConsumer(self, consumer): |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
334 |
iec_path = self.DataConsumers.pop(consumer, None) |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
335 |
if iec_path is not None: |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
336 |
self.DataProducer.UnsubscribeDebugIECVariable(iec_path, consumer) |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
337 |
|
469 | 338 |
def GetDataType(self, iec_path): |
339 |
if self.DataProducer is not None: |
|
340 |
return self.DataProducer.GetDebugIECVariableType(iec_path) |
|
341 |
return None |
|
342 |
||
343 |
def ForceDataValue(self, iec_path, value): |
|
344 |
if self.DataProducer is not None: |
|
345 |
self.DataProducer.ForceDebugIECVariable(iec_path, value) |
|
346 |
||
347 |
def ReleaseDataValue(self, iec_path): |
|
348 |
if self.DataProducer is not None: |
|
349 |
self.DataProducer.ReleaseDebugIECVariable(iec_path) |
|
350 |
||
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
351 |
def DeleteDataConsumers(self): |
442
a756b58699b8
Adding tests to avoid in DataConsumer to call DataProducer if not defined
laurent
parents:
407
diff
changeset
|
352 |
if self.DataProducer is not None: |
a756b58699b8
Adding tests to avoid in DataConsumer to call DataProducer if not defined
laurent
parents:
407
diff
changeset
|
353 |
for consumer, iec_path in self.DataConsumers.iteritems(): |
a756b58699b8
Adding tests to avoid in DataConsumer to call DataProducer if not defined
laurent
parents:
407
diff
changeset
|
354 |
self.DataProducer.UnsubscribeDebugIECVariable(iec_path, consumer) |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
355 |
self.DataConsumers = {} |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
356 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
357 |
def OnRefreshTimer(self, event): |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
358 |
self.RefreshNewData() |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
359 |
event.Skip() |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
360 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
361 |
def NewDataAvailable(self): |
372 | 362 |
self.RefreshTimer.Stop() |
363 |
if not self.Inhibited: |
|
364 |
current_time = gettime() |
|
365 |
if current_time - self.LastRefreshTime > REFRESH_PERIOD: |
|
366 |
self.LastRefreshTime = current_time |
|
367 |
self.Inhibit(True) |
|
368 |
wx.CallAfter(self.RefreshViewOnNewData) |
|
369 |
||
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
370 |
def RefreshViewOnNewData(self): |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
371 |
if self: |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
372 |
self.RefreshNewData() |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
373 |
self.RefreshTimer.Start(int(REFRESH_PERIOD * 1000), oneShot=True) |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
374 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
375 |
def RefreshNewData(self): |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
376 |
self.Inhibit(False) |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
377 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
378 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
0 | 379 |
# Viewer Rubberband |
380 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
381 |
||
382 |
""" |
|
383 |
Class that implements a rubberband |
|
384 |
""" |
|
385 |
||
386 |
class RubberBand: |
|
387 |
||
388 |
# Create a rubberband by indicated on which window it must be drawn |
|
389 |
def __init__(self, drawingSurface): |
|
390 |
self.drawingSurface = drawingSurface |
|
391 |
self.Reset() |
|
392 |
||
393 |
# Method that initializes the internal attributes of the rubberband |
|
394 |
def Reset(self): |
|
395 |
self.startPoint = None |
|
396 |
self.currentBox = None |
|
397 |
self.lastBox = None |
|
398 |
||
399 |
# Method that return if a box is currently edited |
|
400 |
def IsShown(self): |
|
401 |
return self.currentBox != None |
|
402 |
||
403 |
# Method that returns the currently edited box |
|
404 |
def GetCurrentExtent(self): |
|
405 |
return self.currentBox |
|
406 |
||
407 |
# Method called when a new box starts to be edited |
|
27 | 408 |
def OnLeftDown(self, event, dc, scaling): |
409 |
pos = GetScaledEventPosition(event, dc, scaling) |
|
0 | 410 |
# Save the point for calculate the box position and size |
411 |
self.startPoint = pos |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
412 |
self.currentBox = wx.Rect(pos.x, pos.y, 0, 0) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
413 |
self.drawingSurface.SetCursor(wx.StockCursor(wx.CURSOR_CROSS)) |
0 | 414 |
self.Redraw() |
415 |
||
416 |
# Method called when dragging with a box edited |
|
27 | 417 |
def OnMotion(self, event, dc, scaling): |
418 |
pos = GetScaledEventPosition(event, dc, scaling) |
|
0 | 419 |
# Save the last position and size of the box for erasing it |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
420 |
self.lastBox = wx.Rect(self.currentBox.x, self.currentBox.y, self.currentBox.width, |
0 | 421 |
self.currentBox.height) |
422 |
# Calculate new position and size of the box |
|
423 |
if pos.x >= self.startPoint.x: |
|
424 |
self.currentBox.x = self.startPoint.x |
|
425 |
self.currentBox.width = pos.x - self.startPoint.x + 1 |
|
426 |
else: |
|
427 |
self.currentBox.x = pos.x |
|
428 |
self.currentBox.width = self.startPoint.x - pos.x + 1 |
|
429 |
if pos.y >= self.startPoint.y: |
|
430 |
self.currentBox.y = self.startPoint.y |
|
431 |
self.currentBox.height = pos.y - self.startPoint.y + 1 |
|
432 |
else: |
|
433 |
self.currentBox.y = pos.y |
|
434 |
self.currentBox.height = self.startPoint.y - pos.y + 1 |
|
435 |
self.Redraw() |
|
436 |
||
437 |
# Method called when dragging is stopped |
|
27 | 438 |
def OnLeftUp(self, event, dc, scaling): |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
439 |
self.drawingSurface.SetCursor(wx.NullCursor) |
0 | 440 |
self.lastBox = self.currentBox |
441 |
self.currentBox = None |
|
442 |
self.Redraw() |
|
443 |
||
444 |
# Method that erase the last box and draw the new box |
|
90
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
445 |
def Redraw(self, dc = None): |
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
446 |
if not dc: |
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
447 |
dc = self.drawingSurface.GetLogicalDC() |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
448 |
scalex, scaley = dc.GetUserScale() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
449 |
dc.SetUserScale(1, 1) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
450 |
dc.SetPen(wx.Pen(wx.WHITE, 1, wx.DOT)) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
451 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.TRANSPARENT_BRUSH) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
452 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.XOR) |
0 | 453 |
if self.lastBox: |
454 |
# Erase last box |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
455 |
dc.DrawRectangle(self.lastBox.x * scalex, self.lastBox.y * scaley, |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
456 |
self.lastBox.width * scalex, self.lastBox.height * scaley) |
0 | 457 |
if self.currentBox: |
458 |
# Draw current box |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
459 |
dc.DrawRectangle(self.currentBox.x * scalex, self.currentBox.y * scaley, |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
460 |
self.currentBox.width * scalex, self.currentBox.height * scaley) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
461 |
dc.SetUserScale(scalex, scaley) |
90
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
462 |
|
27 | 463 |
# Erase last box |
90
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
464 |
def Erase(self, dc = None): |
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
465 |
if not dc: |
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
466 |
dc = self.drawingSurface.GetLogicalDC() |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
467 |
scalex, scaley = dc.GetUserScale() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
468 |
dc.SetUserScale(1, 1) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
469 |
dc.SetPen(wx.Pen(wx.WHITE, 1, wx.DOT)) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
470 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.TRANSPARENT_BRUSH) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
471 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.XOR) |
27 | 472 |
if self.lastBox: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
473 |
dc.DrawRectangle(self.lastBox.x * scalex, self.lastBox.y * scaley, |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
474 |
self.lastBox.width * scalex, self.lastBox.height * scalex) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
475 |
dc.SetUserScale(scalex, scaley) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
476 |
|
27 | 477 |
# Draw current box |
90
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
478 |
def Draw(self, dc = None): |
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
479 |
if not dc: |
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
480 |
dc = self.drawingSurface.GetLogicalDC() |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
481 |
scalex, scaley = dc.GetUserScale() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
482 |
dc.SetUserScale(1, 1) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
483 |
dc.SetPen(wx.Pen(wx.WHITE, 1, wx.DOT)) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
484 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.TRANSPARENT_BRUSH) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
485 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.XOR) |
27 | 486 |
if self.currentBox: |
487 |
# Draw current box |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
488 |
dc.DrawRectangle(self.currentBox.x * scalex, self.currentBox.y * scaley, |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
489 |
self.currentBox.width * scalex, self.currentBox.height * scaley) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
490 |
dc.SetUserScale(scalex, scaley) |
27 | 491 |
|
0 | 492 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
493 |
# Viewer ToolTip |
338 | 494 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
495 |
||
496 |
""" |
|
497 |
Class that implements a custom tool tip |
|
498 |
""" |
|
499 |
||
500 |
class ToolTip(wx.PopupWindow): |
|
501 |
||
502 |
# Create a rubberband by indicated on which window it must be drawn |
|
503 |
def __init__(self, parent, tip): |
|
504 |
wx.PopupWindow.__init__(self, parent) |
|
358 | 505 |
self.SetBackgroundStyle(wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM) |
338 | 506 |
self.SetTip(tip) |
507 |
||
508 |
self.Bind(wx.EVT_PAINT, self.OnPaint) |
|
509 |
||
510 |
def SetTip(self, tip): |
|
511 |
self.Tip = tip |
|
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
512 |
wx.CallAfter(self.RefreshTip) |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
513 |
|
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
514 |
def RefreshTip(self): |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
515 |
if self: |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
516 |
dc = wx.ClientDC(self) |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
517 |
w, h = dc.GetTextExtent(self.Tip) |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
518 |
self.SetSize(wx.Size(w + 4, h + 4)) |
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
519 |
self.Refresh() |
338 | 520 |
|
521 |
def OnPaint(self, event): |
|
522 |
dc = wx.AutoBufferedPaintDC(self) |
|
523 |
dc.Clear() |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
524 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.BLACK)) |
338 | 525 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.Brush(wx.Colour(255, 238, 170))) |
526 |
dc.BeginDrawing() |
|
527 |
w, h = dc.GetTextExtent(self.Tip) |
|
528 |
dc.DrawRectangle(0, 0, w + 4, h + 4) |
|
529 |
dc.DrawText(self.Tip, 2, 2) |
|
530 |
dc.EndDrawing() |
|
531 |
event.Skip() |
|
532 |
||
533 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
534 |
# Helper for highlighting error in drawn text |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
535 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
536 |
|
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
537 |
def HighlightErrorZone(dc, x, y, width, height): |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
538 |
dc.SetPen(wx.TRANSPARENT_PEN) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
539 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.AND) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
540 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.Brush(wx.Colour(0,255,0))) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
541 |
dc.DrawRectangle(x, y, width, height) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
542 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.XOR) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
543 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.Brush(wx.Colour(255,0,0))) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
544 |
dc.DrawRectangle(x, y, width, height) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
545 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.COPY) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
546 |
|
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
547 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
0 | 548 |
# Graphic element base class |
549 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
550 |
||
551 |
""" |
|
552 |
Class that implements a generic graphic element |
|
553 |
""" |
|
554 |
||
555 |
class Graphic_Element: |
|
556 |
||
557 |
# Create a new graphic element |
|
558 |
def __init__(self, parent, id = None): |
|
559 |
self.Parent = parent |
|
560 |
self.Id = id |
|
561 |
self.oldPos = None |
|
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
562 |
self.StartPos = None |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
563 |
self.CurrentDrag = None |
180
3b0d3ea35ee5
Fixed bad handle initialisation, causing exception on rightup event in some cases.
etisserant
parents:
175
diff
changeset
|
564 |
self.Handle = (None,None) |
0 | 565 |
self.Dragging = False |
566 |
self.Selected = False |
|
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
567 |
self.Highlighted = False |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
568 |
self.Pos = wx.Point(0, 0) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
569 |
self.Size = wx.Size(0, 0) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
570 |
self.BoundingBox = wx.Rect(0, 0, 0, 0) |
249 | 571 |
self.Visible = False |
0 | 572 |
|
384
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
573 |
def GetDefinition(self): |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
574 |
return [self.Id], [] |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
575 |
|
249 | 576 |
def TestVisible(self, screen): |
265 | 577 |
self.Visible = self.GetRedrawRect().Intersects(screen) |
249 | 578 |
|
579 |
def IsVisible(self): |
|
580 |
return self.Visible |
|
581 |
||
582 |
def SpreadCurrent(self): |
|
583 |
pass |
|
584 |
||
283 | 585 |
def GetConnectorTranslation(self, element): |
586 |
return {} |
|
587 |
||
537
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
588 |
def FindNearestConnector(self, position, connectors): |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
589 |
distances = [] |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
590 |
for connector in connectors: |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
591 |
connector_pos = connector.GetRelPosition() |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
592 |
distances.append((sqrt((self.Pos.x + connector_pos.x - position.x) ** 2 + |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
593 |
(self.Pos.y + connector_pos.y - position.y) ** 2), |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
594 |
connector)) |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
595 |
distances.sort() |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
596 |
if len(distances) > 0: |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
597 |
return distances[0][1] |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
598 |
return None |
a31bf722aa82
Fix wire disappearing when wire tip and connector are not exactly at the same position fixed.
laurent
parents:
532
diff
changeset
|
599 |
|
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
600 |
def IsOfType(self, type, reference): |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
601 |
return self.Parent.IsOfType(type, reference) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
602 |
|
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
603 |
def IsEndType(self, type): |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
604 |
return self.Parent.IsEndType(type) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
605 |
|
144 | 606 |
def GetDragging(self): |
607 |
return self.Dragging |
|
608 |
||
0 | 609 |
# Make a clone of this element |
162 | 610 |
def Clone(self, parent): |
611 |
return Graphic_Element(parent, self.Id) |
|
0 | 612 |
|
613 |
# Changes the block position |
|
614 |
def SetPosition(self, x, y): |
|
615 |
self.Pos.x = x |
|
616 |
self.Pos.y = y |
|
617 |
self.RefreshConnected() |
|
618 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
|
619 |
||
620 |
# Returns the block position |
|
621 |
def GetPosition(self): |
|
622 |
return self.Pos.x, self.Pos.y |
|
623 |
||
624 |
# Changes the element size |
|
625 |
def SetSize(self, width, height): |
|
626 |
self.Size.SetWidth(width) |
|
627 |
self.Size.SetHeight(height) |
|
628 |
self.RefreshConnectors() |
|
629 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
|
630 |
||
631 |
# Returns the element size |
|
632 |
def GetSize(self): |
|
633 |
return self.Size.GetWidth(), self.Size.GetHeight() |
|
634 |
||
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
635 |
# Returns the minimum element size |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
636 |
def GetMinSize(self): |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
637 |
return 0, 0 |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
638 |
|
0 | 639 |
# Refresh the element Bounding Box |
640 |
def RefreshBoundingBox(self): |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
641 |
self.BoundingBox = wx.Rect(self.Pos.x, self.Pos.y, self.Size[0], self.Size[1]) |
0 | 642 |
|
643 |
# Refresh the element connectors position |
|
644 |
def RefreshConnectors(self): |
|
645 |
pass |
|
646 |
||
647 |
# Refresh the position of wires connected to element inputs and outputs |
|
648 |
def RefreshConnected(self): |
|
649 |
pass |
|
650 |
||
651 |
# Change the parent |
|
652 |
def SetParent(self, parent): |
|
653 |
self.Parent = parent |
|
654 |
||
655 |
# Override this method for defining the method to call for deleting this element |
|
656 |
def Delete(self): |
|
657 |
pass |
|
658 |
||
659 |
# Returns the Id |
|
660 |
def GetId(self): |
|
661 |
return self.Id |
|
662 |
||
663 |
# Returns if the point given is in the bounding box |
|
664 |
def HitTest(self, pt): |
|
665 |
rect = self.BoundingBox |
|
666 |
return rect.InsideXY(pt.x, pt.y) |
|
667 |
||
42 | 668 |
# Returns if the point given is in the bounding box |
669 |
def IsInSelection(self, rect): |
|
670 |
return rect.InsideXY(self.BoundingBox.x, self.BoundingBox.y) and rect.InsideXY(self.BoundingBox.x + self.BoundingBox.width, self.BoundingBox.y + self.BoundingBox.height) |
|
671 |
||
0 | 672 |
# Override this method for refreshing the bounding box |
673 |
def RefreshBoundingBox(self): |
|
674 |
pass |
|
675 |
||
676 |
# Returns the bounding box |
|
677 |
def GetBoundingBox(self): |
|
678 |
return self.BoundingBox |
|
679 |
||
144 | 680 |
# Returns the RedrawRect |
681 |
def GetRedrawRect(self, movex = 0, movey = 0): |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
682 |
dc = self.Parent.GetLogicalDC() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
683 |
scalex, scaley = dc.GetUserScale() |
144 | 684 |
rect = wx.Rect() |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
685 |
rect.x = self.BoundingBox.x - int(HANDLE_SIZE / scalex) - 3 - abs(movex) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
686 |
rect.y = self.BoundingBox.y - int(HANDLE_SIZE / scaley) - 3 - abs(movey) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
687 |
rect.width = self.BoundingBox.width + 2 * (int(HANDLE_SIZE / scalex) + abs(movex) + 1) + 4 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
688 |
rect.height = self.BoundingBox.height + 2 * (int(HANDLE_SIZE / scaley) + abs(movey) + 1) + 4 |
144 | 689 |
return rect |
690 |
||
691 |
def Refresh(self, rect = None): |
|
339 | 692 |
if self.Visible: |
693 |
if rect is not None: |
|
694 |
self.Parent.RefreshRect(self.Parent.GetScrolledRect(rect), False) |
|
695 |
else: |
|
696 |
self.Parent.RefreshRect(self.Parent.GetScrolledRect(self.GetRedrawRect()), False) |
|
144 | 697 |
|
0 | 698 |
# Change the variable that indicates if this element is selected |
699 |
def SetSelected(self, selected): |
|
700 |
self.Selected = selected |
|
144 | 701 |
self.Refresh() |
0 | 702 |
|
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
703 |
# Change the variable that indicates if this element is highlighted |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
704 |
def SetHighlighted(self, highlighted): |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
705 |
self.Highlighted = highlighted |
144 | 706 |
self.Refresh() |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
707 |
|
0 | 708 |
# Test if the point is on a handle of this element |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
709 |
def TestHandle(self, event): |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
710 |
dc = self.Parent.GetLogicalDC() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
711 |
scalex, scaley = dc.GetUserScale() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
712 |
pos = event.GetPosition() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
713 |
pt = wx.Point(*self.Parent.CalcUnscrolledPosition(pos.x, pos.y)) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
714 |
|
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
715 |
left = (self.BoundingBox.x - 2) * scalex - HANDLE_SIZE |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
716 |
center = (self.BoundingBox.x + self.BoundingBox.width / 2) * scalex - HANDLE_SIZE / 2 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
717 |
right = (self.BoundingBox.x + self.BoundingBox.width + 2) * scalex |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
718 |
|
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
719 |
top = (self.BoundingBox.y - 2) * scaley - HANDLE_SIZE |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
720 |
middle = (self.BoundingBox.y + self.BoundingBox.height / 2) * scaley - HANDLE_SIZE / 2 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
721 |
bottom = (self.BoundingBox.y + self.BoundingBox.height + 2) * scaley |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
722 |
|
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
723 |
extern_rect = wx.Rect(left, top, right + HANDLE_SIZE - left, bottom + HANDLE_SIZE - top) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
724 |
intern_rect = wx.Rect(left + HANDLE_SIZE, top + HANDLE_SIZE, right - left - HANDLE_SIZE, bottom - top - HANDLE_SIZE) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
725 |
|
0 | 726 |
# Verify that this element is selected |
58 | 727 |
if self.Selected and extern_rect.InsideXY(pt.x, pt.y) and not intern_rect.InsideXY(pt.x, pt.y): |
0 | 728 |
# Find if point is on a handle horizontally |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
729 |
if left <= pt.x < left + HANDLE_SIZE: |
0 | 730 |
handle_x = 1 |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
731 |
elif center <= pt.x < center + HANDLE_SIZE: |
0 | 732 |
handle_x = 2 |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
733 |
elif right <= pt.x < right + HANDLE_SIZE: |
0 | 734 |
handle_x = 3 |
735 |
else: |
|
736 |
handle_x = 0 |
|
737 |
# Find if point is on a handle vertically |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
738 |
if top <= pt.y < top + HANDLE_SIZE: |
0 | 739 |
handle_y = 1 |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
740 |
elif middle <= pt.y < middle + HANDLE_SIZE: |
0 | 741 |
handle_y = 2 |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
742 |
elif bottom <= pt.y < bottom + HANDLE_SIZE: |
0 | 743 |
handle_y = 3 |
744 |
else: |
|
745 |
handle_y = 0 |
|
746 |
# Verify that the result is valid |
|
747 |
if (handle_x, handle_y) in VALID_HANDLES: |
|
748 |
return handle_x, handle_y |
|
749 |
return 0, 0 |
|
750 |
||
751 |
# Method called when a LeftDown event have been generated |
|
27 | 752 |
def OnLeftDown(self, event, dc, scaling): |
753 |
pos = event.GetLogicalPosition(dc) |
|
0 | 754 |
# Test if an handle have been clicked |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
755 |
handle = self.TestHandle(event) |
0 | 756 |
# Find which type of handle have been clicked, |
757 |
# Save a resize event and change the cursor |
|
58 | 758 |
cursor = HANDLE_CURSORS.get(handle, 1) |
381
98890d848701
Redefine cursor switching procedure in graphic viewers
laurent
parents:
372
diff
changeset
|
759 |
wx.CallAfter(self.Parent.SetCurrentCursor, cursor) |
58 | 760 |
if cursor > 1: |
761 |
self.Handle = (HANDLE_RESIZE, handle) |
|
0 | 762 |
else: |
763 |
self.Handle = (HANDLE_MOVE, None) |
|
764 |
self.SetSelected(False) |
|
765 |
# Initializes the last position |
|
27 | 766 |
self.oldPos = GetScaledEventPosition(event, dc, scaling) |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
767 |
self.StartPos = wx.Point(self.Pos.x, self.Pos.y) |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
768 |
self.CurrentDrag = wx.Point(0, 0) |
0 | 769 |
|
770 |
# Method called when a LeftUp event have been generated |
|
27 | 771 |
def OnLeftUp(self, event, dc, scaling): |
0 | 772 |
# If a dragging have been initiated |
773 |
if self.Dragging and self.oldPos: |
|
774 |
self.RefreshModel() |
|
56
7187e1c00975
Adding support for Undo/Redo and Unsaved File On Close detection
lbessard
parents:
42
diff
changeset
|
775 |
self.Parent.RefreshBuffer() |
381
98890d848701
Redefine cursor switching procedure in graphic viewers
laurent
parents:
372
diff
changeset
|
776 |
wx.CallAfter(self.Parent.SetCurrentCursor, 0) |
0 | 777 |
self.SetSelected(True) |
778 |
self.oldPos = None |
|
779 |
||
145 | 780 |
# Method called when a RightDown event have been generated |
781 |
def OnRightDown(self, event, dc, scaling): |
|
782 |
pass |
|
783 |
||
0 | 784 |
# Method called when a RightUp event have been generated |
27 | 785 |
def OnRightUp(self, event, dc, scaling): |
145 | 786 |
if self.Dragging and self.oldPos: |
787 |
self.RefreshModel() |
|
788 |
self.Parent.RefreshBuffer() |
|
381
98890d848701
Redefine cursor switching procedure in graphic viewers
laurent
parents:
372
diff
changeset
|
789 |
wx.CallAfter(self.Parent.SetCurrentCursor, 0) |
0 | 790 |
self.SetSelected(True) |
791 |
self.oldPos = None |
|
467
b6ac310f9551
Adding contextual menu in debug mode for forcing values
laurent
parents:
442
diff
changeset
|
792 |
if self.Parent.Debug: |
b6ac310f9551
Adding contextual menu in debug mode for forcing values
laurent
parents:
442
diff
changeset
|
793 |
self.Parent.PopupForceMenu() |
0 | 794 |
|
795 |
# Method called when a LeftDClick event have been generated |
|
27 | 796 |
def OnLeftDClick(self, event, dc, scaling): |
0 | 797 |
pass |
798 |
||
799 |
# Method called when a Motion event have been generated |
|
27 | 800 |
def OnMotion(self, event, dc, scaling): |
0 | 801 |
# If the cursor is dragging and the element have been clicked |
802 |
if event.Dragging() and self.oldPos: |
|
803 |
# Calculate the movement of cursor |
|
145 | 804 |
pos = event.GetLogicalPosition(dc) |
0 | 805 |
movex = pos.x - self.oldPos.x |
806 |
movey = pos.y - self.oldPos.y |
|
807 |
# If movement is greater than MIN_MOVE then a dragging is initiated |
|
808 |
if not self.Dragging and (abs(movex) > MIN_MOVE or abs(movey) > MIN_MOVE): |
|
809 |
self.Dragging = True |
|
810 |
# If a dragging have been initiated, refreshes the element state |
|
811 |
if self.Dragging: |
|
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
812 |
dragx, dragy = self.ProcessDragging(movex, movey, event, scaling) |
329
1cf72cb51dc9
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
328
diff
changeset
|
813 |
if event.ControlDown() and self.Handle[0] == HANDLE_MOVE: |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
814 |
self.oldPos.x = self.StartPos.x + self.CurrentDrag.x |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
815 |
self.oldPos.y = self.StartPos.y + self.CurrentDrag.y |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
816 |
else: |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
817 |
self.oldPos.x += dragx |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
818 |
self.oldPos.y += dragy |
144 | 819 |
return dragx, dragy |
820 |
return movex, movey |
|
0 | 821 |
# If cursor just pass over the element, changes the cursor if it is on a handle |
822 |
else: |
|
27 | 823 |
pos = event.GetLogicalPosition(dc) |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
824 |
handle = self.TestHandle(event) |
58 | 825 |
# Find which type of handle have been clicked, |
826 |
# Save a resize event and change the cursor |
|
827 |
cursor = HANDLE_CURSORS.get(handle, 0) |
|
381
98890d848701
Redefine cursor switching procedure in graphic viewers
laurent
parents:
372
diff
changeset
|
828 |
wx.CallAfter(self.Parent.SetCurrentCursor, cursor) |
144 | 829 |
return 0, 0 |
58 | 830 |
|
0 | 831 |
# Moves the element |
832 |
def Move(self, dx, dy, exclude = []): |
|
833 |
self.Pos.x += dx |
|
834 |
self.Pos.y += dy |
|
835 |
self.RefreshConnected(exclude) |
|
836 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
|
837 |
||
838 |
# Resizes the element from position and size given |
|
839 |
def Resize(self, x, y, width, height): |
|
840 |
self.Move(x, y) |
|
841 |
self.SetSize(width, height) |
|
842 |
||
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
843 |
# Moves and Resizes the element for fitting scaling |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
844 |
def AdjustToScaling(self, scaling): |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
845 |
if scaling is not None: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
846 |
movex = round_scaling(self.Pos.x, scaling[0]) - self.Pos.x |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
847 |
movey = round_scaling(self.Pos.y, scaling[1]) - self.Pos.y |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
848 |
min_width, min_height = self.GetMinSize() |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
849 |
width = max(round_scaling(min_width, scaling[0], 1), |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
850 |
round_scaling(self.Size.width, scaling[0])) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
851 |
height = max(round_scaling(min_height, scaling[1], 1), |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
852 |
round_scaling(self.Size.height, scaling[1])) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
853 |
self.Resize(movex, movey, width, height) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
854 |
return movex, movey |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
855 |
return 0, 0 |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
856 |
|
0 | 857 |
# Refreshes the element state according to move defined and handle selected |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
858 |
def ProcessDragging(self, movex, movey, event, scaling, width_fac = 1, height_fac = 1): |
0 | 859 |
handle_type, handle = self.Handle |
860 |
# If it is a resize handle, calculate the values from resizing |
|
861 |
if handle_type == HANDLE_RESIZE: |
|
175 | 862 |
if scaling is not None: |
863 |
scaling = (scaling[0] * width_fac, scaling[1] * height_fac) |
|
110
29b6b70e1721
Bug that makes element resizing acting strongly fixed
lbessard
parents:
108
diff
changeset
|
864 |
x = y = start_x = start_y = 0 |
29b6b70e1721
Bug that makes element resizing acting strongly fixed
lbessard
parents:
108
diff
changeset
|
865 |
width, height = start_width, start_height = self.GetSize() |
0 | 866 |
if handle[0] == 1: |
145 | 867 |
movex = max(-self.BoundingBox.x, movex) |
868 |
if scaling is not None: |
|
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
869 |
movex = -(round_scaling(width - movex, scaling[0]) - width) |
145 | 870 |
x = movex |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
871 |
if event.ShiftDown(): |
165 | 872 |
width -= 2 * movex |
873 |
else: |
|
874 |
width -= movex |
|
0 | 875 |
elif handle[0] == 3: |
145 | 876 |
if scaling is not None: |
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
877 |
movex = round_scaling(width + movex, scaling[0]) - width |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
878 |
if event.ShiftDown(): |
334
cf0809bc5675
Adding support for preventing expending graphical element to have a negative position
lbessard
parents:
333
diff
changeset
|
879 |
movex = min(self.BoundingBox.x, movex) |
165 | 880 |
x = -movex |
881 |
width += 2 * movex |
|
882 |
else: |
|
883 |
width += movex |
|
0 | 884 |
if handle[1] == 1: |
145 | 885 |
movey = max(-self.BoundingBox.y, movey) |
886 |
if scaling is not None: |
|
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
887 |
movey = -(round_scaling(height - movey, scaling[1]) - height) |
145 | 888 |
y = movey |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
889 |
if event.ShiftDown(): |
165 | 890 |
height -= 2 * movey |
891 |
else: |
|
892 |
height -= movey |
|
0 | 893 |
elif handle[1] == 3: |
145 | 894 |
if scaling is not None: |
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
895 |
movey = round_scaling(height + movey, scaling[1]) - height |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
896 |
if event.ShiftDown(): |
334
cf0809bc5675
Adding support for preventing expending graphical element to have a negative position
lbessard
parents:
333
diff
changeset
|
897 |
movey = min(self.BoundingBox.y, movey) |
165 | 898 |
y = -movey |
899 |
height += 2 * movey |
|
900 |
else: |
|
901 |
height += movey |
|
0 | 902 |
# Verify that new size is not lesser than minimum |
903 |
min_width, min_height = self.GetMinSize() |
|
110
29b6b70e1721
Bug that makes element resizing acting strongly fixed
lbessard
parents:
108
diff
changeset
|
904 |
if handle[0] != 2 and (width >= min_width or width > self.Size[0]): |
29b6b70e1721
Bug that makes element resizing acting strongly fixed
lbessard
parents:
108
diff
changeset
|
905 |
start_x = x |
29b6b70e1721
Bug that makes element resizing acting strongly fixed
lbessard
parents:
108
diff
changeset
|
906 |
start_width = width |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
907 |
else: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
908 |
movex = 0 |
110
29b6b70e1721
Bug that makes element resizing acting strongly fixed
lbessard
parents:
108
diff
changeset
|
909 |
if handle[1] != 2 and (height >= min_height or height > self.Size[1]): |
29b6b70e1721
Bug that makes element resizing acting strongly fixed
lbessard
parents:
108
diff
changeset
|
910 |
start_y = y |
29b6b70e1721
Bug that makes element resizing acting strongly fixed
lbessard
parents:
108
diff
changeset
|
911 |
start_height = height |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
912 |
else: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
913 |
movey = 0 |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
914 |
if movex != 0 or movey != 0: |
110
29b6b70e1721
Bug that makes element resizing acting strongly fixed
lbessard
parents:
108
diff
changeset
|
915 |
self.Resize(start_x, start_y, start_width, start_height) |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
916 |
return movex, movey |
0 | 917 |
# If it is a move handle, Move this element |
918 |
elif handle_type == HANDLE_MOVE: |
|
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
919 |
movex = max(-self.BoundingBox.x, movex) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
920 |
movey = max(-self.BoundingBox.y, movey) |
145 | 921 |
if scaling is not None: |
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
922 |
movex = round_scaling(self.Pos.x + movex, scaling[0]) - self.Pos.x |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
923 |
movey = round_scaling(self.Pos.y + movey, scaling[1]) - self.Pos.y |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
924 |
if event.ControlDown(): |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
925 |
self.CurrentDrag.x = self.CurrentDrag.x + movex |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
926 |
self.CurrentDrag.y = self.CurrentDrag.y + movey |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
927 |
if abs(self.CurrentDrag.x) > abs(self.CurrentDrag.y): |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
928 |
movex = self.StartPos.x + self.CurrentDrag.x - self.Pos.x |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
929 |
movey = self.StartPos.y - self.Pos.y |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
930 |
else: |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
931 |
movex = self.StartPos.x - self.Pos.x |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
932 |
movey = self.StartPos.y + self.CurrentDrag.y - self.Pos.y |
0 | 933 |
self.Move(movex, movey) |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
934 |
return movex, movey |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
935 |
return 0, 0 |
0 | 936 |
|
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
937 |
def AddError(self, infos, start, end): |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
938 |
pass |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
939 |
|
0 | 940 |
# Override this method for defining the method to call for refreshing the model of this element |
941 |
def RefreshModel(self, move=True): |
|
942 |
pass |
|
943 |
||
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
944 |
# Draws the highlightment of this element if it is highlighted (can be overwritten) |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
945 |
def DrawHighlightment(self, dc): |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
946 |
scalex, scaley = dc.GetUserScale() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
947 |
dc.SetUserScale(1, 1) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
948 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(HIGHLIGHTCOLOR)) |
144 | 949 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.Brush(HIGHLIGHTCOLOR)) |
950 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.AND) |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
951 |
dc.DrawRectangle(int(round((self.Pos.x - 1) * scalex)) - 2, |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
952 |
int(round((self.Pos.y - 1) * scaley)) - 2, |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
953 |
int(round((self.Size.width + 3) * scalex)) + 5, |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
954 |
int(round((self.Size.height + 3) * scaley)) + 5) |
144 | 955 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.COPY) |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
956 |
dc.SetUserScale(scalex, scaley) |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
957 |
|
0 | 958 |
# Draws the handles of this element if it is selected |
959 |
def Draw(self, dc): |
|
399
3b9e0b092298
Bug drawing element selection state on printed documents fixed
laurent
parents:
398
diff
changeset
|
960 |
if not getattr(dc, "printing", False): |
3b9e0b092298
Bug drawing element selection state on printed documents fixed
laurent
parents:
398
diff
changeset
|
961 |
if self.Highlighted: |
3b9e0b092298
Bug drawing element selection state on printed documents fixed
laurent
parents:
398
diff
changeset
|
962 |
self.DrawHighlightment(dc) |
3b9e0b092298
Bug drawing element selection state on printed documents fixed
laurent
parents:
398
diff
changeset
|
963 |
if self.Selected: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
964 |
scalex, scaley = dc.GetUserScale() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
965 |
dc.SetUserScale(1, 1) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
966 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.BLACK)) |
399
3b9e0b092298
Bug drawing element selection state on printed documents fixed
laurent
parents:
398
diff
changeset
|
967 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.BLACK_BRUSH) |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
968 |
|
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
969 |
left = (self.BoundingBox.x - 2) * scalex - HANDLE_SIZE |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
970 |
center = (self.BoundingBox.x + self.BoundingBox.width / 2) * scalex - HANDLE_SIZE / 2 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
971 |
right = (self.BoundingBox.x + self.BoundingBox.width + 2) * scalex |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
972 |
|
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
973 |
top = (self.BoundingBox.y - 2) * scaley - HANDLE_SIZE |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
974 |
middle = (self.BoundingBox.y + self.BoundingBox.height / 2) * scaley - HANDLE_SIZE / 2 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
975 |
bottom = (self.BoundingBox.y + self.BoundingBox.height + 2) * scaley |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
976 |
|
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
977 |
for x, y in [(left, top), (center, top), (right, top), |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
978 |
(left, middle), (right, middle), |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
979 |
(left, bottom), (center, bottom), (right, bottom)]: |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
980 |
dc.DrawRectangle(x, y, HANDLE_SIZE, HANDLE_SIZE) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
981 |
|
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
982 |
dc.SetUserScale(scalex, scaley) |
0 | 983 |
|
984 |
||
985 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
986 |
# Group of graphic elements |
|
987 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
988 |
||
989 |
""" |
|
990 |
Class that implements a group of graphic elements |
|
991 |
""" |
|
992 |
||
993 |
class Graphic_Group(Graphic_Element): |
|
994 |
||
995 |
# Create a new group of graphic elements |
|
996 |
def __init__(self, parent): |
|
997 |
Graphic_Element.__init__(self, parent) |
|
998 |
self.Elements = [] |
|
42 | 999 |
self.RefreshWireExclusion() |
0 | 1000 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
1001 |
||
1002 |
# Destructor |
|
1003 |
def __del__(self): |
|
1004 |
self.Elements = [] |
|
1005 |
||
384
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1006 |
def GetDefinition(self): |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1007 |
blocks = [] |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1008 |
wires = [] |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1009 |
for element in self.Elements: |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1010 |
block, wire = element.GetDefinition() |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1011 |
blocks.extend(block) |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1012 |
wires.extend(wire) |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1013 |
return blocks, wires |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1014 |
|
283 | 1015 |
# Make a clone of this element |
1016 |
def Clone(self, parent, pos = None): |
|
1017 |
group = Graphic_Group(parent) |
|
1018 |
connectors = {} |
|
339 | 1019 |
exclude_names = {} |
283 | 1020 |
wires = [] |
1021 |
if pos is not None: |
|
1022 |
dx, dy = pos.x - self.BoundingBox.x, pos.y - self.BoundingBox.y |
|
1023 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1024 |
if isinstance(element, Wire): |
|
1025 |
wires.append(element) |
|
1026 |
else: |
|
1027 |
if pos is not None: |
|
1028 |
x, y = element.GetPosition() |
|
1029 |
new_pos = wx.Point(x + dx, y + dy) |
|
1030 |
newid = parent.GetNewId() |
|
1031 |
if parent.IsNamedElement(element): |
|
339 | 1032 |
name = parent.GenerateNewName(element, exclude_names) |
1033 |
exclude_names[name.upper()] = True |
|
283 | 1034 |
new_element = element.Clone(parent, newid, name, pos = new_pos) |
1035 |
else: |
|
1036 |
new_element = element.Clone(parent, newid, pos = new_pos) |
|
339 | 1037 |
new_element.AdjustToScaling(parent.Scaling) |
283 | 1038 |
else: |
1039 |
new_element = element.Clone(parent) |
|
1040 |
connectors.update(element.GetConnectorTranslation(new_element)) |
|
1041 |
group.SelectElement(new_element) |
|
1042 |
for element in wires: |
|
1043 |
if pos is not None: |
|
1044 |
new_wire = element.Clone(parent, connectors, dx, dy) |
|
1045 |
else: |
|
1046 |
new_wire = element.Clone(parent, connectors) |
|
1047 |
if new_wire is not None: |
|
287 | 1048 |
if pos is not None: |
1049 |
parent.AddWire(new_wire) |
|
283 | 1050 |
group.SelectElement(new_wire) |
1051 |
if pos is not None: |
|
1052 |
for element in group.Elements: |
|
1053 |
if not isinstance(element, Wire): |
|
1054 |
parent.AddBlockInModel(element) |
|
1055 |
return group |
|
1056 |
||
1057 |
def CanAddBlocks(self, parent): |
|
1058 |
valid = True |
|
1059 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1060 |
if not isinstance(element, Wire): |
|
1061 |
valid &= parent.CanAddElement(element) |
|
1062 |
return valid |
|
1063 |
||
249 | 1064 |
def IsVisible(self): |
1065 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1066 |
if element.IsVisible(): |
|
1067 |
return True |
|
1068 |
return False |
|
1069 |
||
42 | 1070 |
# Refresh the list of wire excluded |
1071 |
def RefreshWireExclusion(self): |
|
1072 |
self.WireExcluded = [] |
|
1073 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1074 |
if isinstance(element, Wire): |
|
1075 |
startblock = element.StartConnected.GetParentBlock() |
|
1076 |
endblock = element.EndConnected.GetParentBlock() |
|
1077 |
if startblock in self.Elements and endblock in self.Elements: |
|
1078 |
self.WireExcluded.append(element) |
|
1079 |
||
144 | 1080 |
# Returns the RedrawRect |
1081 |
def GetRedrawRect(self, movex = 0, movey = 0): |
|
1082 |
rect = None |
|
1083 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1084 |
if rect is None: |
|
1085 |
rect = element.GetRedrawRect(movex, movey) |
|
1086 |
else: |
|
1087 |
rect = rect.Union(element.GetRedrawRect(movex, movey)) |
|
1088 |
return rect |
|
1089 |
||
0 | 1090 |
# Clean this group of elements |
1091 |
def Clean(self): |
|
1092 |
# Clean all the elements of the group |
|
1093 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1094 |
element.Clean() |
|
1095 |
||
1096 |
# Delete this group of elements |
|
1097 |
def Delete(self): |
|
1098 |
# Delete all the elements of the group |
|
1099 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1100 |
element.Delete() |
|
42 | 1101 |
self.WireExcluded = [] |
0 | 1102 |
|
1103 |
# Returns if the point given is in the bounding box of one of the elements of this group |
|
1104 |
def HitTest(self, pt): |
|
1105 |
result = False |
|
1106 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1107 |
result |= element.HitTest(pt) |
|
1108 |
return result |
|
1109 |
||
1110 |
# Returns if the element given is in this group |
|
1111 |
def IsElementIn(self, element): |
|
1112 |
return element in self.Elements |
|
1113 |
||
1114 |
# Change the elements of the group |
|
1115 |
def SetElements(self, elements): |
|
1116 |
self.Elements = elements |
|
42 | 1117 |
self.RefreshWireExclusion() |
0 | 1118 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
1119 |
||
1120 |
# Returns the elements of the group |
|
1121 |
def GetElements(self): |
|
1122 |
return self.Elements |
|
1123 |
||
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1124 |
# Align the group elements |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1125 |
def AlignElements(self, horizontally, vertically): |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1126 |
minx = self.BoundingBox.x + self.BoundingBox.width |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1127 |
miny = self.BoundingBox.y + self.BoundingBox.height |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1128 |
maxx = self.BoundingBox.x |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1129 |
maxy = self.BoundingBox.y |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1130 |
for element in self.Elements: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1131 |
if not isinstance(element, Wire): |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1132 |
posx, posy = element.GetPosition() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1133 |
width, height = element.GetSize() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1134 |
minx = min(minx, posx) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1135 |
miny = min(miny, posy) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1136 |
maxx = max(maxx, posx + width) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1137 |
maxy = max(maxy, posy + height) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1138 |
for element in self.Elements: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1139 |
if not isinstance(element, Wire): |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1140 |
posx, posy = element.GetPosition() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1141 |
width, height = element.GetSize() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
movex = movey = 0 |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1143 |
if horizontally == ALIGN_LEFT: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1144 |
movex = minx - posx |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
elif horizontally == ALIGN_CENTER: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1146 |
movex = (maxx + minx - width) / 2 - posx |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1147 |
elif horizontally == ALIGN_RIGHT: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1148 |
movex = maxx - width - posx |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
if vertically == ALIGN_TOP: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1150 |
movey = miny - posy |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1151 |
elif vertically == ALIGN_MIDDLE: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1152 |
movey = (maxy + miny - height) / 2 - posy |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1153 |
elif vertically == ALIGN_BOTTOM: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1154 |
movey = maxy - height - posy |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1155 |
if movex != 0 or movey != 0: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1156 |
element.Move(movex, movey) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1157 |
element.RefreshModel() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1158 |
self.RefreshWireExclusion() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1159 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1160 |
|
0 | 1161 |
# Remove or select the given element if it is or not in the group |
1162 |
def SelectElement(self, element): |
|
1163 |
if element in self.Elements: |
|
1164 |
self.Elements.remove(element) |
|
1165 |
else: |
|
1166 |
self.Elements.append(element) |
|
42 | 1167 |
self.RefreshWireExclusion() |
0 | 1168 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
1169 |
||
1170 |
# Move this group of elements |
|
1171 |
def Move(self, movex, movey): |
|
1172 |
# Move all the elements of the group |
|
1173 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
42 | 1174 |
if not isinstance(element, Wire): |
1175 |
element.Move(movex, movey, self.WireExcluded) |
|
1176 |
elif element in self.WireExcluded: |
|
0 | 1177 |
element.Move(movex, movey, True) |
1178 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
|
1179 |
||
1180 |
# Refreshes the bounding box of this group of elements |
|
1181 |
def RefreshBoundingBox(self): |
|
1182 |
if len(self.Elements) > 0: |
|
1183 |
bbox = self.Elements[0].GetBoundingBox() |
|
1184 |
minx, miny = bbox.x, bbox.y |
|
1185 |
maxx = bbox.x + bbox.width |
|
1186 |
maxy = bbox.y + bbox.height |
|
1187 |
for element in self.Elements[1:]: |
|
1188 |
bbox = element.GetBoundingBox() |
|
1189 |
minx = min(minx, bbox.x) |
|
1190 |
miny = min(miny, bbox.y) |
|
1191 |
maxx = max(maxx, bbox.x + bbox.width) |
|
1192 |
maxy = max(maxy, bbox.y + bbox.height) |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
1193 |
self.BoundingBox = wx.Rect(minx, miny, maxx - minx, maxy - miny) |
0 | 1194 |
else: |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
1195 |
self.BoundingBox = wx.Rect(0, 0, 0, 0) |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
1196 |
self.Pos = wx.Point(self.BoundingBox.x, self.BoundingBox.y) |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
1197 |
self.Size = wx.Size(self.BoundingBox.width, self.BoundingBox.height) |
0 | 1198 |
|
1199 |
# Forbids to change the group position |
|
1200 |
def SetPosition(x, y): |
|
1201 |
pass |
|
1202 |
||
1203 |
# Returns the position of this group |
|
1204 |
def GetPosition(self): |
|
1205 |
return self.BoundingBox.x, self.BoundingBox.y |
|
1206 |
||
1207 |
# Forbids to change the group size |
|
1208 |
def SetSize(width, height): |
|
1209 |
pass |
|
1210 |
||
1211 |
# Returns the size of this group |
|
1212 |
def GetSize(self): |
|
1213 |
return self.BoundingBox.width, self.BoundingBox.height |
|
1214 |
||
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1215 |
# Moves and Resizes the group elements for fitting scaling |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1216 |
def AdjustToScaling(self, scaling): |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1217 |
movex_max = movey_max = 0 |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1218 |
for element in self.Elements: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1219 |
movex, movey = element.AdjustToScaling(scaling) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1220 |
movex_max = max(movex_max, abs(movex)) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1221 |
movey_max = max(movey_max, abs(movey)) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1222 |
return movex_max, movey_max |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1223 |
|
339 | 1224 |
# Refreshes the group elements to move defined and handle selected |
1225 |
def ProcessDragging(self, movex, movey, event, scaling): |
|
1226 |
handle_type, handle = self.Handle |
|
1227 |
# If it is a move handle, Move this group elements |
|
1228 |
if handle_type == HANDLE_MOVE: |
|
1229 |
movex = max(-self.BoundingBox.x, movex) |
|
1230 |
movey = max(-self.BoundingBox.y, movey) |
|
1231 |
if scaling is not None: |
|
1232 |
movex = round_scaling(movex, scaling[0]) |
|
1233 |
movey = round_scaling(movey, scaling[1]) |
|
1234 |
if event.ControlDown(): |
|
1235 |
self.CurrentDrag.x = self.CurrentDrag.x + movex |
|
1236 |
self.CurrentDrag.y = self.CurrentDrag.y + movey |
|
1237 |
if abs(self.CurrentDrag.x) > abs(self.CurrentDrag.y): |
|
1238 |
movex = self.StartPos.x + self.CurrentDrag.x - self.Pos.x |
|
1239 |
movey = self.StartPos.y - self.Pos.y |
|
1240 |
else: |
|
1241 |
movex = self.StartPos.x - self.Pos.x |
|
1242 |
movey = self.StartPos.y + self.CurrentDrag.y - self.Pos.y |
|
1243 |
self.Move(movex, movey) |
|
1244 |
return movex, movey |
|
1245 |
return 0, 0 |
|
1246 |
||
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1247 |
# Change the variable that indicates if this element is highlighted |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1248 |
def SetHighlighted(self, highlighted): |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1249 |
for element in self.Elements: |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1250 |
element.SetHighlighted(highlighted) |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1251 |
|
339 | 1252 |
# Method called when a LeftDown event have been generated |
1253 |
def OnLeftDown(self, event, dc, scaling): |
|
1254 |
Graphic_Element.OnLeftDown(self, event, dc, scaling) |
|
1255 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1256 |
element.Handle = self.Handle |
|
1257 |
||
0 | 1258 |
# Change the variable that indicates if the elemente is selected |
1259 |
def SetSelected(self, selected): |
|
1260 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1261 |
element.SetSelected(selected) |
|
1262 |
||
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1263 |
# Method called when a RightUp event has been generated |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1264 |
def OnRightUp(self, event, dc, scaling): |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1265 |
# Popup the menu with special items for a group |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1266 |
self.Parent.PopupGroupMenu() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
1267 |
|
0 | 1268 |
# Refreshes the model of all the elements of this group |
1269 |
def RefreshModel(self): |
|
1270 |
for element in self.Elements: |
|
1271 |
element.RefreshModel() |
|
1272 |
||
1273 |
||
1274 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1275 |
# Connector for all types of blocks |
|
1276 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1277 |
||
1278 |
""" |
|
1279 |
Class that implements a connector for any type of block |
|
1280 |
""" |
|
1281 |
||
1282 |
class Connector: |
|
1283 |
||
1284 |
# Create a new connector |
|
27 | 1285 |
def __init__(self, parent, name, type, position, direction, negated = False, edge = "none", onlyone = False): |
0 | 1286 |
self.ParentBlock = parent |
1287 |
self.Name = name |
|
1288 |
self.Type = type |
|
1289 |
self.Pos = position |
|
1290 |
self.Direction = direction |
|
1291 |
self.Wires = [] |
|
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1292 |
if self.ParentBlock.IsOfType("BOOL", type): |
102
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1293 |
self.Negated = negated |
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1294 |
self.Edge = edge |
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1295 |
else: |
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1296 |
self.Negated = False |
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1297 |
self.Edge = "none" |
27 | 1298 |
self.OneConnected = onlyone |
249 | 1299 |
self.Valid = True |
1300 |
self.Value = None |
|
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1301 |
self.Forced = False |
550 | 1302 |
self.Selected = False |
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1303 |
self.Errors = {} |
42 | 1304 |
self.RefreshNameSize() |
0 | 1305 |
|
249 | 1306 |
def Flush(self): |
1307 |
self.ParentBlock = None |
|
1308 |
for wire, handle in self.Wires: |
|
1309 |
wire.Flush() |
|
1310 |
self.Wires = [] |
|
1311 |
||
144 | 1312 |
# Returns the RedrawRect |
1313 |
def GetRedrawRect(self, movex = 0, movey = 0): |
|
1314 |
parent_pos = self.ParentBlock.GetPosition() |
|
1315 |
x = min(parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x, parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x + self.Direction[0] * CONNECTOR_SIZE) |
|
1316 |
y = min(parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y, parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y + self.Direction[1] * CONNECTOR_SIZE) |
|
1317 |
if self.Direction[0] == 0: |
|
1318 |
width = 5 |
|
1319 |
else: |
|
1320 |
width = CONNECTOR_SIZE |
|
1321 |
if self.Direction[1] == 0: |
|
1322 |
height = 5 |
|
1323 |
else: |
|
1324 |
height = CONNECTOR_SIZE |
|
1325 |
return wx.Rect(x - abs(movex), y - abs(movey), width + 2 * abs(movex), height + 2 * abs(movey)) |
|
1326 |
||
550 | 1327 |
# Change the connector selection |
1328 |
def SetSelected(self, selected): |
|
1329 |
self.Selected = selected |
|
0 | 1330 |
|
1331 |
# Make a clone of the connector |
|
112 | 1332 |
def Clone(self, parent = None): |
1333 |
if parent is None: |
|
1334 |
parent = self.ParentBlock |
|
1335 |
return Connector(parent, self.Name, self.Type, wx.Point(self.Pos[0], self.Pos[1]), |
|
0 | 1336 |
self.Direction, self.Negated) |
1337 |
||
1338 |
# Returns the connector parent block |
|
1339 |
def GetParentBlock(self): |
|
1340 |
return self.ParentBlock |
|
1341 |
||
99
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1342 |
# Returns the connector type |
112 | 1343 |
def GetType(self, raw = False): |
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1344 |
if self.ParentBlock.IsEndType(self.Type) or raw: |
99
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1345 |
return self.Type |
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1346 |
elif (self.Negated or self.Edge != "none") and self.ParentBlock.IsOfType("BOOL", self.Type): |
102
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1347 |
return "BOOL" |
99
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1348 |
else: |
102
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1349 |
return self.ParentBlock.GetConnectionResultType(self, self.Type) |
99
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1350 |
|
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1351 |
# Returns the connector type |
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1352 |
def GetConnectedType(self): |
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1353 |
if self.ParentBlock.IsEndType(self.Type): |
99
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1354 |
return self.Type |
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1355 |
elif len(self.Wires) == 1: |
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1356 |
return self.Wires[0][0].GetOtherConnectedType(self.Wires[0][1]) |
3
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
1357 |
return self.Type |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
1358 |
|
144 | 1359 |
# Returns the connector type |
1360 |
def GetConnectedRedrawRect(self, movex, movey): |
|
1361 |
rect = None |
|
1362 |
for wire, handle in self.Wires: |
|
1363 |
if rect is None: |
|
1364 |
rect = wire.GetRedrawRect() |
|
1365 |
else: |
|
1366 |
rect = rect.Union(wire.GetRedrawRect()) |
|
1367 |
return rect |
|
1368 |
||
98 | 1369 |
# Returns if connector type is compatible with type given |
1370 |
def IsCompatible(self, type): |
|
99
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1371 |
reference = self.GetType() |
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1372 |
return self.ParentBlock.IsOfType(type, reference) or self.ParentBlock.IsOfType(reference, type) |
98 | 1373 |
|
3
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
1374 |
# Changes the connector name |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
1375 |
def SetType(self, type): |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
1376 |
self.Type = type |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
1377 |
|
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
1378 |
# Returns the connector name |
0 | 1379 |
def GetName(self): |
1380 |
return self.Name |
|
1381 |
||
1382 |
# Changes the connector name |
|
1383 |
def SetName(self, name): |
|
1384 |
self.Name = name |
|
42 | 1385 |
self.RefreshNameSize() |
102
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1386 |
|
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1387 |
def RefreshForced(self): |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
self.Forced = False |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1389 |
for wire, handle in self.Wires: |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1390 |
self.Forced |= wire.IsForced() |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1391 |
|
249 | 1392 |
def RefreshValue(self): |
1393 |
self.Value = self.ReceivingCurrent() |
|
1394 |
||
339 | 1395 |
def RefreshValid(self): |
1396 |
self.Valid = True |
|
1397 |
for wire, handle in self.Wires: |
|
1398 |
self.Valid &= wire.GetValid() |
|
1399 |
||
249 | 1400 |
def ReceivingCurrent(self): |
1401 |
current = False |
|
102
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1402 |
for wire, handle in self.Wires: |
249 | 1403 |
value = wire.GetValue() |
253 | 1404 |
if current != "undefined" and isinstance(value, BooleanType): |
249 | 1405 |
current |= wire.GetValue() |
253 | 1406 |
elif value == "undefined": |
1407 |
current = "undefined" |
|
249 | 1408 |
return current |
1409 |
||
1410 |
def SpreadCurrent(self, spreading): |
|
1411 |
for wire, handle in self.Wires: |
|
1412 |
wire.SetValue(spreading) |
|
42 | 1413 |
|
1414 |
# Changes the connector name size |
|
1415 |
def RefreshNameSize(self): |
|
1416 |
if self.Name != "": |
|
532
63e141705d19
Fix bug with Function Blocks input and output position on Windows
laurent
parents:
529
diff
changeset
|
1417 |
self.NameSize = self.ParentBlock.Parent.GetTextExtent(self.Name) |
42 | 1418 |
else: |
1419 |
self.NameSize = 0, 0 |
|
1420 |
||
1421 |
# Returns the connector name size |
|
1422 |
def GetNameSize(self): |
|
1423 |
return self.NameSize |
|
0 | 1424 |
|
1425 |
# Returns the wires connected to the connector |
|
1426 |
def GetWires(self): |
|
1427 |
return self.Wires |
|
1428 |
||
1429 |
# Returns the parent block Id |
|
1430 |
def GetBlockId(self): |
|
1431 |
return self.ParentBlock.GetId() |
|
1432 |
||
1433 |
# Returns the connector relative position |
|
1434 |
def GetRelPosition(self): |
|
1435 |
return self.Pos |
|
1436 |
||
1437 |
# Returns the connector absolute position |
|
1438 |
def GetPosition(self, size = True): |
|
1439 |
parent_pos = self.ParentBlock.GetPosition() |
|
1440 |
# If the position of the end of the connector is asked |
|
1441 |
if size: |
|
1442 |
x = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x + self.Direction[0] * CONNECTOR_SIZE |
|
1443 |
y = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y + self.Direction[1] * CONNECTOR_SIZE |
|
1444 |
else: |
|
1445 |
x = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x |
|
1446 |
y = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
1447 |
return wx.Point(x, y) |
0 | 1448 |
|
1449 |
# Change the connector relative position |
|
1450 |
def SetPosition(self, pos): |
|
1451 |
self.Pos = pos |
|
1452 |
||
1453 |
# Returns the connector direction |
|
1454 |
def GetDirection(self): |
|
1455 |
return self.Direction |
|
1456 |
||
1457 |
# Change the connector direction |
|
1458 |
def SetDirection(self, direction): |
|
1459 |
self.Direction = direction |
|
1460 |
||
1461 |
# Connect a wire to this connector at the last place |
|
1462 |
def Connect(self, wire, refresh = True): |
|
1463 |
self.InsertConnect(len(self.Wires), wire, refresh) |
|
1464 |
||
1465 |
# Connect a wire to this connector at the place given |
|
1466 |
def InsertConnect(self, idx, wire, refresh = True): |
|
1467 |
if wire not in self.Wires: |
|
1468 |
self.Wires.insert(idx, wire) |
|
1469 |
if refresh: |
|
1470 |
self.ParentBlock.RefreshModel(False) |
|
1471 |
||
1472 |
# Returns the index of the wire given in the list of connected |
|
1473 |
def GetWireIndex(self, wire): |
|
1474 |
for i, (tmp_wire, handle) in enumerate(self.Wires): |
|
1475 |
if tmp_wire == wire: |
|
1476 |
return i |
|
1477 |
return None |
|
1478 |
||
1479 |
# Unconnect a wire or all wires connected to the connector |
|
2 | 1480 |
def UnConnect(self, wire = None, unconnect = True, delete = False): |
0 | 1481 |
i = 0 |
1482 |
found = False |
|
1483 |
while i < len(self.Wires) and not found: |
|
1484 |
if not wire or self.Wires[i][0] == wire: |
|
1485 |
# If Unconnect haven't been called from a wire, disconnect the connector in the wire |
|
1486 |
if unconnect: |
|
1487 |
if self.Wires[i][1] == 0: |
|
2 | 1488 |
self.Wires[i][0].UnConnectStartPoint(delete) |
0 | 1489 |
else: |
2 | 1490 |
self.Wires[i][0].UnConnectEndPoint(delete) |
0 | 1491 |
# Remove wire from connected |
1492 |
if wire: |
|
1493 |
self.Wires.pop(i) |
|
1494 |
found = True |
|
1495 |
i += 1 |
|
1496 |
# If no wire defined, unconnect all wires |
|
1497 |
if not wire: |
|
1498 |
self.Wires = [] |
|
339 | 1499 |
self.RefreshValid() |
0 | 1500 |
self.ParentBlock.RefreshModel(False) |
1501 |
||
1502 |
# Returns if connector has one or more wire connected |
|
1503 |
def IsConnected(self): |
|
1504 |
return len(self.Wires) > 0 |
|
1505 |
||
1506 |
# Move the wires connected |
|
1507 |
def MoveConnected(self, exclude = []): |
|
1508 |
if len(self.Wires) > 0: |
|
1509 |
# Calculate the new position of the end point |
|
1510 |
parent_pos = self.ParentBlock.GetPosition() |
|
1511 |
x = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x + self.Direction[0] * CONNECTOR_SIZE |
|
1512 |
y = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y + self.Direction[1] * CONNECTOR_SIZE |
|
1513 |
# Move the corresponding point on all the wires connected |
|
1514 |
for wire, index in self.Wires: |
|
1515 |
if wire not in exclude: |
|
1516 |
if index == 0: |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
1517 |
wire.MoveStartPoint(wx.Point(x, y)) |
0 | 1518 |
else: |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
1519 |
wire.MoveEndPoint(wx.Point(x, y)) |
0 | 1520 |
|
1521 |
# Refreshes the model of all the wires connected |
|
1522 |
def RefreshWires(self): |
|
1523 |
for wire in self.Wires: |
|
1524 |
wire[0].RefreshModel() |
|
1525 |
||
1526 |
# Refreshes the parent block model |
|
1527 |
def RefreshParentBlock(self): |
|
1528 |
self.ParentBlock.RefreshModel(False) |
|
1529 |
||
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1530 |
# Highlight the parent block |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1531 |
def HighlightParentBlock(self, highlight): |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1532 |
self.ParentBlock.SetHighlighted(highlight) |
144 | 1533 |
self.ParentBlock.Refresh() |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1534 |
|
27 | 1535 |
# Returns all the blocks connected to this connector |
1536 |
def GetConnectedBlocks(self): |
|
1537 |
blocks = [] |
|
1538 |
for wire, handle in self.Wires: |
|
1539 |
# Get other connector connected to each wire |
|
1540 |
if handle == 0: |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
1541 |
connector = wire.GetEndConnected() |
27 | 1542 |
else: |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
1543 |
connector = wire.GetStartConnected() |
27 | 1544 |
# Get parent block for this connector |
1545 |
if connector: |
|
1546 |
block = connector.GetParentBlock() |
|
1547 |
if block not in blocks: |
|
1548 |
blocks.append(block) |
|
1549 |
return blocks |
|
1550 |
||
0 | 1551 |
# Returns the connector negated property |
1552 |
def IsNegated(self): |
|
1553 |
return self.Negated |
|
1554 |
||
1555 |
# Changes the connector negated property |
|
1556 |
def SetNegated(self, negated): |
|
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1557 |
if self.ParentBlock.IsOfType("BOOL", self.Type): |
102
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1558 |
self.Negated = negated |
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1559 |
self.Edge = "none" |
0 | 1560 |
|
1561 |
# Returns the connector edge property |
|
1562 |
def GetEdge(self): |
|
1563 |
return self.Edge |
|
1564 |
||
1565 |
# Changes the connector edge property |
|
1566 |
def SetEdge(self, edge): |
|
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1567 |
if self.ParentBlock.IsOfType("BOOL", self.Type): |
102
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1568 |
self.Edge = edge |
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1569 |
self.Negated = False |
0 | 1570 |
|
1571 |
# Tests if the point given is near from the end point of this connector |
|
243
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1572 |
def TestPoint(self, pt, direction = None, exclude = True): |
0 | 1573 |
parent_pos = self.ParentBlock.GetPosition() |
249 | 1574 |
if (not (len(self.Wires) > 0 and self.OneConnected and exclude) or self.Type == "BOOL")\ |
1575 |
and direction is None or self.Direction == direction: |
|
1576 |
# Calculate a square around the end point of this connector |
|
1577 |
x = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x + self.Direction[0] * CONNECTOR_SIZE - ANCHOR_DISTANCE |
|
1578 |
y = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y + self.Direction[1] * CONNECTOR_SIZE - ANCHOR_DISTANCE |
|
1579 |
width = ANCHOR_DISTANCE * 2 + abs(self.Direction[0]) * CONNECTOR_SIZE |
|
1580 |
height = ANCHOR_DISTANCE * 2 + abs(self.Direction[1]) * CONNECTOR_SIZE |
|
1581 |
rect = wx.Rect(x, y, width, height) |
|
1582 |
return rect.InsideXY(pt.x, pt.y) |
|
0 | 1583 |
return False |
1584 |
||
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1585 |
# Draws the highlightment of this element if it is highlighted |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1586 |
def DrawHighlightment(self, dc): |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1587 |
scalex, scaley = dc.GetUserScale() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1588 |
dc.SetUserScale(1, 1) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1589 |
pen = MiterPen(HIGHLIGHTCOLOR, 2 * scalex + 5) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1590 |
pen.SetCap(wx.CAP_BUTT) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1591 |
dc.SetPen(pen) |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1592 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.Brush(HIGHLIGHTCOLOR)) |
144 | 1593 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.AND) |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1594 |
parent_pos = self.ParentBlock.GetPosition() |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1595 |
posx = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1596 |
posy = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1597 |
xstart = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1598 |
ystart = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1599 |
if self.Direction[0] < 0: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1600 |
xstart += 1 |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1601 |
if self.Direction[1] < 0: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1602 |
ystart += 1 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1603 |
xend = xstart + CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.Direction[0] |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
yend = ystart + CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.Direction[1] |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1605 |
dc.DrawLine(round((xstart + self.Direction[0]) * scalex), round((ystart + self.Direction[1]) * scaley), |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1606 |
round(xend * scalex), round(yend * scaley)) |
144 | 1607 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.COPY) |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1608 |
dc.SetUserScale(scalex, scaley) |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
1609 |
|
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1610 |
def AddError(self, infos, start, end): |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1611 |
if len(infos) == 0: |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1612 |
for wire, handle in self.Wires: |
339 | 1613 |
wire.SetValid(False) |
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1614 |
else: |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1615 |
self.Errors[infos[0]] = (start, end) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1616 |
|
0 | 1617 |
# Draws the connector |
1618 |
def Draw(self, dc): |
|
550 | 1619 |
if self.Selected: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1620 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.BLUE, 3)) |
550 | 1621 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.WHITE_BRUSH) |
1622 |
elif len(self.Errors) > 0: |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1623 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.RED)) |
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1624 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.Brush(wx.Colour(255, 255, 0))) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1625 |
else: |
249 | 1626 |
if not self.Valid: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1627 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.RED)) |
249 | 1628 |
elif isinstance(self.Value, BooleanType) and self.Value: |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1629 |
if self.Forced: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1630 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.CYAN)) |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1631 |
else: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1632 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.GREEN)) |
253 | 1633 |
elif self.Value == "undefined": |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1634 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.NamedColour("orange"))) |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1635 |
elif self.Forced: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1636 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.BLUE)) |
249 | 1637 |
else: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1638 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.BLACK)) |
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1639 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.WHITE_BRUSH) |
0 | 1640 |
parent_pos = self.ParentBlock.GetPosition() |
213 | 1641 |
|
1642 |
if getattr(dc, "printing", False): |
|
1643 |
name_size = dc.GetTextExtent(self.Name) |
|
1644 |
else: |
|
1645 |
name_size = self.NameSize |
|
1646 |
||
0 | 1647 |
if self.Negated: |
1648 |
# If connector is negated, draw a circle |
|
1649 |
xcenter = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x + (CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.Direction[0]) / 2 |
|
1650 |
ycenter = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y + (CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.Direction[1]) / 2 |
|
1651 |
dc.DrawCircle(xcenter, ycenter, CONNECTOR_SIZE / 2) |
|
1652 |
else: |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1653 |
xstart = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x |
0 | 1654 |
ystart = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y |
1655 |
if self.Edge == "rising": |
|
1656 |
# If connector has a rising edge, draw a right arrow |
|
1657 |
dc.DrawLine(xstart, ystart, xstart - 4, ystart - 4) |
|
1658 |
dc.DrawLine(xstart, ystart, xstart - 4, ystart + 4) |
|
1659 |
elif self.Edge == "falling": |
|
1660 |
# If connector has a falling edge, draw a left arrow |
|
1661 |
dc.DrawLine(xstart, ystart, xstart + 4, ystart - 4) |
|
1662 |
dc.DrawLine(xstart, ystart, xstart + 4, ystart + 4) |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1663 |
if self.Direction[0] < 0: |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1664 |
xstart += 1 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1665 |
if self.Direction[1] < 0: |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
1666 |
ystart += 1 |
550 | 1667 |
if self.Selected: |
1668 |
xend = xstart + (CONNECTOR_SIZE - 2) * self.Direction[0] |
|
1669 |
yend = ystart + (CONNECTOR_SIZE - 2) * self.Direction[1] |
|
1670 |
dc.DrawLine(xstart + 2 * self.Direction[0], ystart + 2 * self.Direction[1], xend, yend) |
|
1671 |
else: |
|
1672 |
xend = xstart + CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.Direction[0] |
|
1673 |
yend = ystart + CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.Direction[1] |
|
1674 |
dc.DrawLine(xstart + self.Direction[0], ystart + self.Direction[1], xend, yend) |
|
231
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1675 |
if len(self.Errors) > 0: |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1676 |
dc.SetPen(self.Pen) |
fc2d6cbb8b39
Adding support for highlighing compiling errors from matiec
lbessard
parents:
222
diff
changeset
|
1677 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.WHITE_BRUSH) |
0 | 1678 |
if self.Direction[0] != 0: |
213 | 1679 |
ytext = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y - name_size[1] / 2 |
0 | 1680 |
if self.Direction[0] < 0: |
1681 |
xtext = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x + 5 |
|
1682 |
else: |
|
213 | 1683 |
xtext = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x - (name_size[0] + 5) |
0 | 1684 |
if self.Direction[1] != 0: |
213 | 1685 |
xtext = parent_pos[0] + self.Pos.x - name_size[0] / 2 |
0 | 1686 |
if self.Direction[1] < 0: |
1687 |
ytext = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y + 5 |
|
1688 |
else: |
|
213 | 1689 |
ytext = parent_pos[1] + self.Pos.y - (name_size[1] + 5) |
0 | 1690 |
# Draw the text |
1691 |
dc.DrawText(self.Name, xtext, ytext) |
|
1692 |
||
1693 |
||
1694 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1695 |
# Common Wire Element |
|
1696 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1697 |
||
1698 |
""" |
|
1699 |
Class that implements a wire for connecting two blocks |
|
1700 |
""" |
|
1701 |
||
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
1702 |
class Wire(Graphic_Element, DebugDataConsumer): |
0 | 1703 |
|
1704 |
# Create a new wire |
|
1705 |
def __init__(self, parent, start = None, end = None): |
|
1706 |
Graphic_Element.__init__(self, parent) |
|
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
1707 |
DebugDataConsumer.__init__(self) |
0 | 1708 |
self.StartPoint = start |
1709 |
self.EndPoint = end |
|
1710 |
self.StartConnected = None |
|
1711 |
self.EndConnected = None |
|
1712 |
# If the start and end points are defined, calculate the wire |
|
1713 |
if start and end: |
|
1714 |
self.ResetPoints() |
|
1715 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
|
1716 |
else: |
|
1717 |
self.Points = [] |
|
1718 |
self.Segments = [] |
|
1719 |
self.SelectedSegment = None |
|
222
8ce5c2635976
Adding support for underlying type incompatible wire loaded instead of removing them
lbessard
parents:
213
diff
changeset
|
1720 |
self.Valid = True |
249 | 1721 |
self.ValueSize = None |
253 | 1722 |
self.ComputedValue = None |
0 | 1723 |
self.OverStart = False |
1724 |
self.OverEnd = False |
|
208
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1725 |
self.ComputingType = False |
338 | 1726 |
self.ToolTip = None |
384
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1727 |
self.Font = parent.GetMiniFont() |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1728 |
|
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1729 |
def GetDefinition(self): |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1730 |
if self.StartConnected is not None and self.EndConnected is not None: |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1731 |
startblock = self.StartConnected.GetParentBlock() |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1732 |
endblock = self.EndConnected.GetParentBlock() |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1733 |
return [], [(startblock.GetId(), endblock.GetId())] |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1734 |
return [], [] |
ed27a676d5c9
Changing Cut/Copy/Paste procedures for using wx.Clipboard with xml definition of copied elements
laurent
parents:
381
diff
changeset
|
1735 |
|
249 | 1736 |
def Flush(self): |
0 | 1737 |
self.StartConnected = None |
1738 |
self.EndConnected = None |
|
1739 |
||
338 | 1740 |
def CreateToolTip(self, pos): |
1741 |
if self.Value is not None and self.Value != "undefined" and not isinstance(self.Value, BooleanType): |
|
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
1742 |
if isinstance(self.Value, StringType) and self.Value.find("#") == -1: |
339 | 1743 |
computed_value = "\"%s\""%self.Value |
338 | 1744 |
else: |
339 | 1745 |
computed_value = str(self.Value) |
1746 |
self.ToolTip = ToolTip(self.Parent, computed_value) |
|
338 | 1747 |
self.ToolTip.SetPosition(pos) |
1748 |
self.ToolTip.Show() |
|
1749 |
||
339 | 1750 |
def MoveToolTip(self, pos): |
1751 |
if self.ToolTip is not None: |
|
1752 |
self.ToolTip.SetPosition(pos) |
|
1753 |
||
338 | 1754 |
def ClearToolTip(self): |
1755 |
if self.ToolTip is not None: |
|
1756 |
self.ToolTip.Destroy() |
|
1757 |
self.ToolTip = None |
|
1758 |
||
144 | 1759 |
# Returns the RedrawRect |
1760 |
def GetRedrawRect(self, movex = 0, movey = 0): |
|
1761 |
rect = Graphic_Element.GetRedrawRect(self, movex, movey) |
|
1762 |
if self.StartConnected: |
|
1763 |
rect = rect.Union(self.StartConnected.GetRedrawRect(movex, movey)) |
|
1764 |
if self.EndConnected: |
|
1765 |
rect = rect.Union(self.EndConnected.GetRedrawRect(movex, movey)) |
|
249 | 1766 |
if self.ValueSize is not None: |
1767 |
width, height = self.ValueSize |
|
1768 |
if self.BoundingBox[2] > width * 4 or self.BoundingBox[3] > height * 4: |
|
1769 |
x = self.Points[0].x + width * self.StartPoint[1][0] / 2 |
|
532
63e141705d19
Fix bug with Function Blocks input and output position on Windows
laurent
parents:
529
diff
changeset
|
1770 |
y = self.Points[0].y + height * (self.StartPoint[1][1] - 1) |
249 | 1771 |
rect = rect.Union(wx.Rect(x, y, width, height)) |
1772 |
x = self.Points[-1].x + width * self.EndPoint[1][0] / 2 |
|
532
63e141705d19
Fix bug with Function Blocks input and output position on Windows
laurent
parents:
529
diff
changeset
|
1773 |
y = self.Points[-1].y + height * (self.EndPoint[1][1] - 1) |
249 | 1774 |
rect = rect.Union(wx.Rect(x, y, width, height)) |
1775 |
else: |
|
1776 |
middle = len(self.Segments) / 2 + len(self.Segments) % 2 - 1 |
|
529
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
1777 |
x = (self.Points[middle].x + self.Points[middle + 1].x - width) / 2 |
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
1778 |
if self.BoundingBox[3] > height and self.Segments[middle] in [NORTH, SOUTH]: |
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
1779 |
y = (self.Points[middle].y + self.Points[middle + 1].y - height) / 2 |
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
1780 |
else: |
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
1781 |
y = self.Points[middle].y - height |
249 | 1782 |
rect = rect.Union(wx.Rect(x, y, width, height)) |
144 | 1783 |
return rect |
1784 |
||
283 | 1785 |
def Clone(self, parent, connectors = {}, dx = 0, dy = 0): |
1786 |
start_connector = connectors.get(self.StartConnected, None) |
|
1787 |
end_connector = connectors.get(self.EndConnected, None) |
|
1788 |
if start_connector is not None and end_connector is not None: |
|
1789 |
wire = Wire(parent) |
|
1790 |
wire.SetPoints([(point.x + dx, point.y + dy) for point in self.Points]) |
|
1791 |
start_connector.Connect((wire, 0), False) |
|
1792 |
end_connector.Connect((wire, -1), False) |
|
1793 |
wire.ConnectStartPoint(start_connector.GetPosition(), start_connector) |
|
1794 |
wire.ConnectEndPoint(end_connector.GetPosition(), end_connector) |
|
1795 |
return wire |
|
1796 |
return None |
|
1797 |
||
0 | 1798 |
# Forbids to change the wire position |
1799 |
def SetPosition(x, y): |
|
1800 |
pass |
|
1801 |
||
1802 |
# Forbids to change the wire size |
|
1803 |
def SetSize(width, height): |
|
1804 |
pass |
|
1805 |
||
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1806 |
# Moves and Resizes the element for fitting scaling |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1807 |
def AdjustToScaling(self, scaling): |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1808 |
if scaling is not None: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1809 |
movex_max = movey_max = 0 |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1810 |
for idx, point in enumerate(self.Points): |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1811 |
if 0 < idx < len(self.Points) - 1: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1812 |
movex = round_scaling(point.x, scaling[0]) - point.x |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1813 |
movey = round_scaling(point.y, scaling[1]) - point.y |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1814 |
if idx == 1: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1815 |
if self.Segments[0][0] == 0: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1816 |
movex = 0 |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1817 |
elif (point.x + movex - self.Points[0].x) * self.Segments[0][0] < MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1818 |
movex = round_scaling(self.Points[0].x + MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE * self.Segments[0][0], scaling[0], self.Segments[0][0]) - point.x |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1819 |
if self.Segments[0][1] == 0: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1820 |
movey = 0 |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1821 |
elif (point.y + movey - self.Points[0].y) * self.Segments[0][1] < MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1822 |
movey = round_scaling(self.Points[0].y + MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE * self.Segments[0][1], scaling[0], self.Segments[0][1]) - point.y |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1823 |
elif idx == len(self.Points) - 2: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1824 |
if self.Segments[-1][0] == 0: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1825 |
movex = 0 |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1826 |
elif (self.Points[-1].x - (point.x + movex)) * self.Segments[-1][0] < MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1827 |
movex = round_scaling(self.Points[-1].x + MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE * self.Segments[0][0], scaling[0], self.Segments[0][0]) - point.x |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1828 |
if self.Segments[-1][1] == 0: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1829 |
movey = 0 |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1830 |
elif (self.Points[-1].y - (point.y + movey)) * self.Segments[-1][1] < MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1831 |
movey = round_scaling(self.Points[-1].y - MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE * self.Segments[-1][1], scaling[1], -self.Segments[-1][1]) - point.y |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1832 |
movex_max = max(movex_max, movex) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1833 |
movey_max = max(movey_max, movey) |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1834 |
point.x += movex |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1835 |
point.y += movey |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1836 |
return movex_max, movey_max |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1837 |
return 0, 0 |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
1838 |
|
27 | 1839 |
# Returns connector to which start point is connected |
1840 |
def GetStartConnected(self): |
|
1841 |
return self.StartConnected |
|
1842 |
||
98 | 1843 |
# Returns connector to which start point is connected |
1844 |
def GetStartConnectedType(self): |
|
208
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1845 |
if self.StartConnected and not self.ComputingType: |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1846 |
self.ComputingType = True |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1847 |
computed_type = self.StartConnected.GetType() |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1848 |
self.ComputingType = False |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1849 |
return computed_type |
98 | 1850 |
return None |
1851 |
||
27 | 1852 |
# Returns connector to which end point is connected |
1853 |
def GetEndConnected(self): |
|
1854 |
return self.EndConnected |
|
1855 |
||
98 | 1856 |
# Returns connector to which end point is connected |
1857 |
def GetEndConnectedType(self): |
|
208
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1858 |
if self.EndConnected and not self.ComputingType: |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1859 |
self.ComputingType = True |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1860 |
computed_type = self.EndConnected.GetType() |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1861 |
self.ComputingType = False |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
1862 |
return computed_type |
98 | 1863 |
return None |
1864 |
||
243
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1865 |
def GetConnectionDirection(self): |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1866 |
if self.StartConnected is None and self.EndConnected is None: |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1867 |
return None |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1868 |
elif self.StartConnected is not None and self.EndConnected is None: |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1869 |
return (-self.StartPoint[1][0], -self.StartPoint[1][1]) |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1870 |
elif self.StartConnected is None and self.EndConnected is not None: |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1871 |
return self.EndPoint |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1872 |
elif self.Handle is not None: |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1873 |
handle_type, handle = self.Handle |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1874 |
# A point has been handled |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1875 |
if handle_type == HANDLE_POINT: |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1876 |
if handle == 0: |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1877 |
return self.EndPoint |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1878 |
else: |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1879 |
return (-self.StartPoint[1][0], -self.StartPoint[1][1]) |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1880 |
return None |
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
1881 |
|
145 | 1882 |
def GetOtherConnected(self, connector): |
1883 |
if self.StartConnected == connector: |
|
1884 |
return self.EndConnected |
|
1885 |
else: |
|
1886 |
return self.StartConnected |
|
1887 |
||
99
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1888 |
def GetOtherConnectedType(self, handle): |
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1889 |
if handle == 0: |
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1890 |
return self.GetEndConnectedType() |
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1891 |
else: |
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1892 |
return self.GetStartConnectedType() |
2b18a72dcaf0
Added support for standard functions type compatibility check
lbessard
parents:
98
diff
changeset
|
1893 |
|
98 | 1894 |
def IsConnectedCompatible(self): |
1895 |
if self.StartConnected: |
|
1896 |
return self.StartConnected.IsCompatible(self.GetEndConnectedType()) |
|
1897 |
elif self.EndConnected: |
|
1898 |
return True |
|
1899 |
return False |
|
1900 |
||
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1901 |
def SetForced(self, forced): |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1902 |
if self.Forced != forced: |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1903 |
self.Forced = forced |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1904 |
if self.StartConnected: |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1905 |
self.StartConnected.RefreshForced() |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1906 |
if self.EndConnected: |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1907 |
self.EndConnected.RefreshForced() |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1908 |
if self.Visible: |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1909 |
self.Parent.UpdateRefreshRect(self.GetRedrawRect()) |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
1910 |
|
102
85875dcb7754
Adding edit user's POU by double click on block instance
lbessard
parents:
99
diff
changeset
|
1911 |
def SetValue(self, value): |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
1912 |
if self.Value != value: |
249 | 1913 |
self.Value = value |
253 | 1914 |
if value is not None and not isinstance(value, BooleanType): |
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
1915 |
if isinstance(value, StringType) and value.find('#') == -1: |
253 | 1916 |
self.ComputedValue = "\"%s\""%value |
1917 |
else: |
|
1918 |
self.ComputedValue = str(value) |
|
338 | 1919 |
if self.ToolTip is not None: |
1920 |
self.ToolTip.SetTip(self.ComputedValue) |
|
253 | 1921 |
if len(self.ComputedValue) > 4: |
338 | 1922 |
self.ComputedValue = self.ComputedValue[:4] + "..." |
469 | 1923 |
if isinstance(self.ComputedValue, (StringType, UnicodeType)): |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
1924 |
self.ValueSize = self.Parent.GetMiniTextExtent(self.ComputedValue) |
249 | 1925 |
else: |
1926 |
self.ValueSize = None |
|
1927 |
if self.StartConnected: |
|
1928 |
self.StartConnected.RefreshValue() |
|
1929 |
if self.EndConnected: |
|
1930 |
self.EndConnected.RefreshValue() |
|
368 | 1931 |
if self.Visible: |
1932 |
self.Parent.UpdateRefreshRect(self.GetRedrawRect()) |
|
339 | 1933 |
if isinstance(value, BooleanType) and self.StartConnected is not None: |
249 | 1934 |
block = self.StartConnected.GetParentBlock() |
1935 |
block.SpreadCurrent() |
|
1936 |
||
0 | 1937 |
# Unconnect the start and end points |
1938 |
def Clean(self): |
|
1939 |
if self.StartConnected: |
|
1940 |
self.UnConnectStartPoint() |
|
1941 |
if self.EndConnected: |
|
1942 |
self.UnConnectEndPoint() |
|
1943 |
||
1944 |
# Delete this wire by calling the corresponding method |
|
1945 |
def Delete(self): |
|
1946 |
self.Parent.DeleteWire(self) |
|
1947 |
||
1948 |
# Select a segment and not the whole wire. It's useful for Ladder Diagram |
|
1949 |
def SetSelectedSegment(self, segment): |
|
1950 |
# The last segment is indicated |
|
1951 |
if segment == -1: |
|
1952 |
segment = len(self.Segments) - 1 |
|
1953 |
# The selected segment is reinitialised |
|
1954 |
if segment == None: |
|
1955 |
if self.StartConnected: |
|
550 | 1956 |
self.StartConnected.SetSelected(False) |
0 | 1957 |
if self.EndConnected: |
550 | 1958 |
self.EndConnected.SetSelected(False) |
0 | 1959 |
# The segment selected is the first |
1960 |
elif segment == 0: |
|
1961 |
if self.StartConnected: |
|
550 | 1962 |
self.StartConnected.SetSelected(True) |
0 | 1963 |
if self.EndConnected: |
1964 |
# There is only one segment |
|
1965 |
if len(self.Segments) == 1: |
|
550 | 1966 |
self.EndConnected.SetSelected(True) |
0 | 1967 |
else: |
550 | 1968 |
self.EndConnected.SetSelected(False) |
0 | 1969 |
# The segment selected is the last |
1970 |
elif segment == len(self.Segments) - 1: |
|
1971 |
if self.StartConnected: |
|
550 | 1972 |
self.StartConnected.SetSelected(False) |
0 | 1973 |
if self.EndConnected: |
550 | 1974 |
self.EndConnected.SetSelected(True) |
0 | 1975 |
self.SelectedSegment = segment |
144 | 1976 |
self.Refresh() |
0 | 1977 |
|
339 | 1978 |
def SetValid(self, valid): |
1979 |
self.Valid = valid |
|
222
8ce5c2635976
Adding support for underlying type incompatible wire loaded instead of removing them
lbessard
parents:
213
diff
changeset
|
1980 |
if self.StartConnected: |
339 | 1981 |
self.StartConnected.RefreshValid() |
222
8ce5c2635976
Adding support for underlying type incompatible wire loaded instead of removing them
lbessard
parents:
213
diff
changeset
|
1982 |
if self.EndConnected: |
339 | 1983 |
self.EndConnected.RefreshValid() |
1984 |
||
1985 |
def GetValid(self): |
|
1986 |
return self.Valid |
|
222
8ce5c2635976
Adding support for underlying type incompatible wire loaded instead of removing them
lbessard
parents:
213
diff
changeset
|
1987 |
|
0 | 1988 |
# Reinitialize the wire points |
1989 |
def ResetPoints(self): |
|
1990 |
if self.StartPoint and self.EndPoint: |
|
1991 |
self.Points = [self.StartPoint[0], self.EndPoint[0]] |
|
1992 |
self.Segments = [self.StartPoint[1]] |
|
1993 |
else: |
|
1994 |
self.Points = [] |
|
1995 |
self.Segments = [] |
|
1996 |
||
1997 |
# Refresh the wire bounding box |
|
1998 |
def RefreshBoundingBox(self): |
|
1999 |
if len(self.Points) > 0: |
|
2000 |
# If startpoint or endpoint is connected, save the point radius |
|
2001 |
start_radius = end_radius = 0 |
|
2002 |
if not self.StartConnected: |
|
2003 |
start_radius = POINT_RADIUS |
|
2004 |
if not self.EndConnected: |
|
2005 |
end_radius = POINT_RADIUS |
|
2006 |
# Initialize minimum and maximum from the first point |
|
2007 |
minx, minbbxx = self.Points[0].x, self.Points[0].x - start_radius |
|
2008 |
maxx, maxbbxx = self.Points[0].x, self.Points[0].x + start_radius |
|
2009 |
miny, minbbxy = self.Points[0].y, self.Points[0].y - start_radius |
|
2010 |
maxy, maxbbxy = self.Points[0].y, self.Points[0].y + start_radius |
|
2011 |
# Actualize minimum and maximum with the other points |
|
2012 |
for point in self.Points[1:-1]: |
|
2013 |
minx, minbbxx = min(minx, point.x), min(minbbxx, point.x) |
|
2014 |
maxx, maxbbxx = max(maxx, point.x), max(maxbbxx, point.x) |
|
2015 |
miny, minbbxy = min(miny, point.y), min(minbbxy, point.y) |
|
2016 |
maxy, maxbbxy = max(maxy, point.y), max(maxbbxy, point.y) |
|
2017 |
if len(self.Points) > 1: |
|
2018 |
minx, minbbxx = min(minx, self.Points[-1].x), min(minbbxx, self.Points[-1].x - end_radius) |
|
2019 |
maxx, maxbbxx = max(maxx, self.Points[-1].x), max(maxbbxx, self.Points[-1].x + end_radius) |
|
2020 |
miny, minbbxy = min(miny, self.Points[-1].y), min(minbbxy, self.Points[-1].y - end_radius) |
|
2021 |
maxy, maxbbxy = max(maxy, self.Points[-1].y), max(maxbbxy, self.Points[-1].y + end_radius) |
|
108 | 2022 |
self.Pos.x, self.Pos.y = minx, miny |
208
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
2023 |
self.Size = wx.Size(maxx - minx, maxy - miny) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2024 |
self.BoundingBox = wx.Rect(minbbxx, minbbxy, maxbbxx - minbbxx + 1, maxbbxy - minbbxy + 1) |
0 | 2025 |
|
2026 |
# Refresh the realpoints that permits to keep the proportionality in wire during resizing |
|
2027 |
def RefreshRealPoints(self): |
|
2028 |
if len(self.Points) > 0: |
|
2029 |
self.RealPoints = [] |
|
2030 |
# Calculate float relative position of each point with the minimum point |
|
2031 |
for point in self.Points: |
|
2032 |
self.RealPoints.append([float(point.x - self.Pos.x), float(point.y - self.Pos.y)]) |
|
2033 |
||
2034 |
# Returns the wire minimum size |
|
2035 |
def GetMinSize(self): |
|
2036 |
width = 1 |
|
2037 |
height = 1 |
|
2038 |
dir_product = product(self.StartPoint[1], self.EndPoint[1]) |
|
2039 |
# The directions are opposed |
|
2040 |
if dir_product < 0: |
|
2041 |
if self.StartPoint[0] != 0: |
|
2042 |
width = MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE * 2 |
|
2043 |
if self.StartPoint[1] != 0: |
|
2044 |
height = MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE * 2 |
|
2045 |
# The directions are the same |
|
2046 |
elif dir_product > 0: |
|
2047 |
if self.StartPoint[0] != 0: |
|
2048 |
width = MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE |
|
2049 |
if self.StartPoint[1] != 0: |
|
2050 |
height = MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE |
|
2051 |
# The directions are perpendiculars |
|
2052 |
else: |
|
2053 |
width = MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE |
|
2054 |
height = MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE |
|
2055 |
return width + 1, height + 1 |
|
2056 |
||
2057 |
# Returns if the point given is on one of the wire segments |
|
2058 |
def HitTest(self, pt): |
|
2059 |
test = False |
|
2060 |
for i in xrange(len(self.Points) - 1): |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2061 |
rect = wx.Rect(0, 0, 0, 0) |
0 | 2062 |
x1, y1 = self.Points[i].x, self.Points[i].y |
2063 |
x2, y2 = self.Points[i + 1].x, self.Points[i + 1].y |
|
2064 |
# Calculate a rectangle around the segment |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2065 |
rect = wx.Rect(min(x1, x2) - ANCHOR_DISTANCE, min(y1, y2) - ANCHOR_DISTANCE, |
0 | 2066 |
abs(x1 - x2) + 2 * ANCHOR_DISTANCE, abs(y1 - y2) + 2 * ANCHOR_DISTANCE) |
2067 |
test |= rect.InsideXY(pt.x, pt.y) |
|
2068 |
return test |
|
2069 |
||
2070 |
# Returns the wire start or end point if the point given is on one of them |
|
2071 |
def TestPoint(self, pt): |
|
2072 |
# Test the wire start point |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2073 |
rect = wx.Rect(self.Points[0].x - ANCHOR_DISTANCE, self.Points[0].y - ANCHOR_DISTANCE, |
0 | 2074 |
2 * ANCHOR_DISTANCE, 2 * ANCHOR_DISTANCE) |
2075 |
if rect.InsideXY(pt.x, pt.y): |
|
2076 |
return 0 |
|
2077 |
# Test the wire end point |
|
2078 |
if len(self.Points) > 1: |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2079 |
rect = wx.Rect(self.Points[-1].x - ANCHOR_DISTANCE, self.Points[-1].y - ANCHOR_DISTANCE, |
0 | 2080 |
2 * ANCHOR_DISTANCE, 2 * ANCHOR_DISTANCE) |
2081 |
if rect.InsideXY(pt.x, pt.y): |
|
2082 |
return -1 |
|
2083 |
return None |
|
2084 |
||
2085 |
# Returns the wire segment if the point given is on it |
|
2086 |
def TestSegment(self, pt, all=False): |
|
2087 |
for i in xrange(len(self.Segments)): |
|
2088 |
# If wire is not in a Ladder Diagram, first and last segments are excluded |
|
237 | 2089 |
if all or 0 < i < len(self.Segments) - 1: |
0 | 2090 |
x1, y1 = self.Points[i].x, self.Points[i].y |
2091 |
x2, y2 = self.Points[i + 1].x, self.Points[i + 1].y |
|
2092 |
# Calculate a rectangle around the segment |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2093 |
rect = wx.Rect(min(x1, x2) - ANCHOR_DISTANCE, min(y1, y2) - ANCHOR_DISTANCE, |
0 | 2094 |
abs(x1 - x2) + 2 * ANCHOR_DISTANCE, abs(y1 - y2) + 2 * ANCHOR_DISTANCE) |
2095 |
if rect.InsideXY(pt.x, pt.y): |
|
2096 |
return i, self.Segments[i] |
|
2097 |
return None |
|
2098 |
||
2099 |
# Define the wire points |
|
550 | 2100 |
def SetPoints(self, points, verify=True): |
0 | 2101 |
if len(points) > 1: |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2102 |
self.Points = [wx.Point(x, y) for x, y in points] |
0 | 2103 |
# Calculate the start and end directions |
2104 |
self.StartPoint = [None, vector(self.Points[0], self.Points[1])] |
|
2105 |
self.EndPoint = [None, vector(self.Points[-1], self.Points[-2])] |
|
2106 |
# Calculate the start and end points |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2107 |
self.StartPoint[0] = wx.Point(self.Points[0].x + CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.StartPoint[1][0], |
0 | 2108 |
self.Points[0].y + CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.StartPoint[1][1]) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2109 |
self.EndPoint[0] = wx.Point(self.Points[-1].x + CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.EndPoint[1][0], |
0 | 2110 |
self.Points[-1].y + CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.EndPoint[1][1]) |
2111 |
self.Points[0] = self.StartPoint[0] |
|
2112 |
self.Points[-1] = self.EndPoint[0] |
|
2113 |
# Calculate the segments directions |
|
2114 |
self.Segments = [] |
|
296 | 2115 |
i = 0 |
2116 |
while i < len(self.Points) - 1: |
|
550 | 2117 |
if verify and 0 < i < len(self.Points) - 2 and \ |
398
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2118 |
self.Points[i] == self.Points[i + 1] and \ |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2119 |
self.Segments[-1] == vector(self.Points[i + 1], self.Points[i + 2]): |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2120 |
for j in xrange(2): |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2121 |
self.Points.pop(i) |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2122 |
else: |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2123 |
segment = vector(self.Points[i], self.Points[i + 1]) |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2124 |
if is_null_vector(segment) and i > 0: |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2125 |
segment = (self.Segments[-1][1], self.Segments[-1][0]) |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2126 |
if i < len(self.Points) - 2: |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2127 |
next = vector(self.Points[i + 1], self.Points[i + 2]) |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2128 |
if next == segment or is_null_vector(add_vectors(segment, next)): |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2129 |
self.Points.insert(i + 1, wx.Point(self.Points[i + 1].x, self.Points[i + 1].y)) |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2130 |
self.Segments.append(segment) |
c215899298c7
Bug with wire not well designed generating unlimited loop fixed
laurent
parents:
395
diff
changeset
|
2131 |
i += 1 |
0 | 2132 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
2133 |
self.RefreshRealPoints() |
|
2134 |
||
2135 |
# Returns the position of the point indicated |
|
2136 |
def GetPoint(self, index): |
|
2137 |
if index < len(self.Points): |
|
2138 |
return self.Points[index].x, self.Points[index].y |
|
2139 |
return None |
|
2140 |
||
2141 |
# Returns a list of the position of all wire points |
|
2142 |
def GetPoints(self, invert = False): |
|
2143 |
points = self.VerifyPoints() |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2144 |
points[0] = wx.Point(points[0].x - CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.StartPoint[1][0], |
0 | 2145 |
points[0].y - CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.StartPoint[1][1]) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2146 |
points[-1] = wx.Point(points[-1].x - CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.EndPoint[1][0], |
0 | 2147 |
points[-1].y - CONNECTOR_SIZE * self.EndPoint[1][1]) |
2148 |
# An inversion of the list is asked |
|
2149 |
if invert: |
|
2150 |
points.reverse() |
|
2151 |
return points |
|
2152 |
||
2153 |
# Returns the position of the two selected segment points |
|
2154 |
def GetSelectedSegmentPoints(self): |
|
2155 |
if self.SelectedSegment != None and len(self.Points) > 1: |
|
2156 |
return self.Points[self.SelectedSegment:self.SelectedSegment + 2] |
|
2157 |
return [] |
|
2158 |
||
2159 |
# Returns if the selected segment is the first and/or the last of the wire |
|
2160 |
def GetSelectedSegmentConnections(self): |
|
2161 |
if self.SelectedSegment != None and len(self.Points) > 1: |
|
2162 |
return self.SelectedSegment == 0, self.SelectedSegment == len(self.Segments) - 1 |
|
2163 |
return (True, True) |
|
2164 |
||
2165 |
# Returns the connectors on which the wire is connected |
|
2166 |
def GetConnected(self): |
|
2167 |
connected = [] |
|
2168 |
if self.StartConnected and self.StartPoint[1] == WEST: |
|
2169 |
connected.append(self.StartConnected) |
|
2170 |
if self.EndConnected and self.EndPoint[1] == WEST: |
|
2171 |
connected.append(self.EndConnected) |
|
2172 |
return connected |
|
2173 |
||
2174 |
# Returns the id of the block connected to the first or the last wire point |
|
27 | 2175 |
def GetConnectedInfos(self, index): |
0 | 2176 |
if index == 0 and self.StartConnected: |
27 | 2177 |
return self.StartConnected.GetBlockId(), self.StartConnected.GetName() |
0 | 2178 |
elif index == -1 and self.EndConnected: |
42 | 2179 |
return self.EndConnected.GetBlockId(), self.EndConnected.GetName() |
0 | 2180 |
return None |
2181 |
||
2182 |
# Update the wire points position by keeping at most possible the current positions |
|
2183 |
def GeneratePoints(self, realpoints = True): |
|
2184 |
i = 0 |
|
2185 |
# Calculate the start enad end points with the minimum segment size in the right direction |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2186 |
end = wx.Point(self.EndPoint[0].x + self.EndPoint[1][0] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE, |
0 | 2187 |
self.EndPoint[0].y + self.EndPoint[1][1] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2188 |
start = wx.Point(self.StartPoint[0].x + self.StartPoint[1][0] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE, |
0 | 2189 |
self.StartPoint[0].y + self.StartPoint[1][1] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE) |
2190 |
# Evaluate the point till it's the last |
|
2191 |
while i < len(self.Points) - 1: |
|
2192 |
# The next point is the last |
|
2193 |
if i + 1 == len(self.Points) - 1: |
|
2194 |
# Calculate the direction from current point to end point |
|
2195 |
v_end = vector(self.Points[i], end) |
|
2196 |
# The current point is the first |
|
2197 |
if i == 0: |
|
2198 |
# If the end point is not in the start direction, a point is added |
|
2199 |
if v_end != self.Segments[0] or v_end == self.EndPoint[1]: |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
self.Points.insert(1, wx.Point(start.x, start.y)) |
0 | 2201 |
self.Segments.insert(1, DirectionChoice((self.Segments[0][1], |
2202 |
self.Segments[0][0]), v_end, self.EndPoint[1])) |
|
2203 |
# The current point is the second |
|
2204 |
elif i == 1: |
|
2205 |
# The previous direction and the target direction are mainly opposed, a point is added |
|
2206 |
if product(v_end, self.Segments[0]) < 0: |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2207 |
self.Points.insert(2, wx.Point(self.Points[1].x, self.Points[1].y)) |
0 | 2208 |
self.Segments.insert(2, DirectionChoice((self.Segments[1][1], |
2209 |
self.Segments[1][0]), v_end, self.EndPoint[1])) |
|
2210 |
# The previous direction and the end direction are the same or they are |
|
2211 |
# perpendiculars and the end direction points towards current segment |
|
2212 |
elif product(self.Segments[0], self.EndPoint[1]) >= 0 and product(self.Segments[1], self.EndPoint[1]) <= 0: |
|
2213 |
# Current point and end point are aligned |
|
2214 |
if self.Segments[0][0] != 0: |
|
2215 |
self.Points[1].x = end.x |
|
2216 |
if self.Segments[0][1] != 0: |
|
2217 |
self.Points[1].y = end.y |
|
2218 |
# If the previous direction and the end direction are the same, a point is added |
|
2219 |
if product(self.Segments[0], self.EndPoint[1]) > 0: |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2220 |
self.Points.insert(2, wx.Point(self.Points[1].x, self.Points[1].y)) |
0 | 2221 |
self.Segments.insert(2, DirectionChoice((self.Segments[1][1], |
2222 |
self.Segments[1][0]), v_end, self.EndPoint[1])) |
|
2223 |
else: |
|
2224 |
# Current point is positioned in the middle of start point |
|
2225 |
# and end point on the current direction and a point is added |
|
2226 |
if self.Segments[0][0] != 0: |
|
2227 |
self.Points[1].x = (end.x + start.x) / 2 |
|
2228 |
if self.Segments[0][1] != 0: |
|
2229 |
self.Points[1].y = (end.y + start.y) / 2 |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2230 |
self.Points.insert(2, wx.Point(self.Points[1].x, self.Points[1].y)) |
0 | 2231 |
self.Segments.insert(2, DirectionChoice((self.Segments[1][1], |
2232 |
self.Segments[1][0]), v_end, self.EndPoint[1])) |
|
2233 |
else: |
|
2234 |
# The previous direction and the end direction are perpendiculars |
|
2235 |
if product(self.Segments[i - 1], self.EndPoint[1]) == 0: |
|
2236 |
# The target direction and the end direction aren't mainly the same |
|
2237 |
if product(v_end, self.EndPoint[1]) <= 0: |
|
2238 |
# Current point and end point are aligned |
|
2239 |
if self.Segments[i - 1][0] != 0: |
|
2240 |
self.Points[i].x = end.x |
|
2241 |
if self.Segments[i - 1][1] != 0: |
|
2242 |
self.Points[i].y = end.y |
|
2243 |
# Previous direction is updated from the new point |
|
2244 |
if product(vector(self.Points[i - 1], self.Points[i]), self.Segments[i - 1]) < 0: |
|
2245 |
self.Segments[i - 1] = (-self.Segments[i - 1][0], -self.Segments[i - 1][1]) |
|
2246 |
else: |
|
2247 |
test = True |
|
2248 |
# If the current point is the third, test if the second |
|
2249 |
# point can be aligned with the end point |
|
2250 |
if i == 2: |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2251 |
test_point = wx.Point(self.Points[1].x, self.Points[1].y) |
0 | 2252 |
if self.Segments[1][0] != 0: |
2253 |
test_point.y = end.y |
|
2254 |
if self.Segments[1][1] != 0: |
|
2255 |
test_point.x = end.x |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2256 |
vector_test = vector(self.Points[0], test_point, False) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2257 |
test = norm(vector_test) > MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE and product(self.Segments[0], vector_test) > 0 |
0 | 2258 |
# The previous point can be aligned |
2259 |
if test: |
|
2260 |
self.Points[i].x, self.Points[i].y = end.x, end.y |
|
2261 |
if self.Segments[i - 1][0] != 0: |
|
2262 |
self.Points[i - 1].y = end.y |
|
2263 |
if self.Segments[i - 1][1] != 0: |
|
2264 |
self.Points[i - 1].x = end.x |
|
2265 |
self.Segments[i] = (-self.EndPoint[1][0], -self.EndPoint[1][1]) |
|
2266 |
else: |
|
2267 |
# Current point is positioned in the middle of previous point |
|
2268 |
# and end point on the current direction and a point is added |
|
2269 |
if self.Segments[1][0] != 0: |
|
2270 |
self.Points[2].x = (self.Points[1].x + end.x) / 2 |
|
2271 |
if self.Segments[1][1] != 0: |
|
2272 |
self.Points[2].y = (self.Points[1].y + end.y) / 2 |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2273 |
self.Points.insert(3, wx.Point(self.Points[2].x, self.Points[2].y)) |
0 | 2274 |
self.Segments.insert(3, DirectionChoice((self.Segments[2][1], |
2275 |
self.Segments[2][0]), v_end, self.EndPoint[1])) |
|
2276 |
else: |
|
2277 |
# Current point is aligned with end point |
|
2278 |
if self.Segments[i - 1][0] != 0: |
|
2279 |
self.Points[i].x = end.x |
|
2280 |
if self.Segments[i - 1][1] != 0: |
|
2281 |
self.Points[i].y = end.y |
|
2282 |
# Previous direction is updated from the new point |
|
2283 |
if product(vector(self.Points[i - 1], self.Points[i]), self.Segments[i - 1]) < 0: |
|
2284 |
self.Segments[i - 1] = (-self.Segments[i - 1][0], -self.Segments[i - 1][1]) |
|
2285 |
# If previous direction and end direction are opposed |
|
2286 |
if product(self.Segments[i - 1], self.EndPoint[1]) < 0: |
|
2287 |
# Current point is positioned in the middle of previous point |
|
2288 |
# and end point on the current direction |
|
2289 |
if self.Segments[i - 1][0] != 0: |
|
2290 |
self.Points[i].x = (end.x + self.Points[i - 1].x) / 2 |
|
2291 |
if self.Segments[i - 1][1] != 0: |
|
2292 |
self.Points[i].y = (end.y + self.Points[i - 1].y) / 2 |
|
2293 |
# A point is added |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2294 |
self.Points.insert(i + 1, wx.Point(self.Points[i].x, self.Points[i].y)) |
0 | 2295 |
self.Segments.insert(i + 1, DirectionChoice((self.Segments[i][1], |
2296 |
self.Segments[i][0]), v_end, self.EndPoint[1])) |
|
2297 |
else: |
|
2298 |
# Current point is the first, and second is not mainly in the first direction |
|
2299 |
if i == 0 and product(vector(start, self.Points[1]), self.Segments[0]) < 0: |
|
2300 |
# If first and second directions aren't perpendiculars, a point is added |
|
2301 |
if product(self.Segments[0], self.Segments[1]) != 0: |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2302 |
self.Points.insert(1, wx.Point(start.x, start.y)) |
0 | 2303 |
self.Segments.insert(1, DirectionChoice((self.Segments[0][1], |
2304 |
self.Segments[0][0]), vector(start, self.Points[1]), self.Segments[1])) |
|
2305 |
else: |
|
2306 |
self.Points[1].x, self.Points[1].y = start.x, start.y |
|
2307 |
else: |
|
2308 |
# Next point is aligned with current point |
|
2309 |
if self.Segments[i][0] != 0: |
|
2310 |
self.Points[i + 1].y = self.Points[i].y |
|
2311 |
if self.Segments[i][1] != 0: |
|
2312 |
self.Points[i + 1].x = self.Points[i].x |
|
2313 |
# Current direction is updated from the new point |
|
2314 |
if product(vector(self.Points[i], self.Points[i + 1]), self.Segments[i]) < 0: |
|
2315 |
self.Segments[i] = (-self.Segments[i][0], -self.Segments[i][1]) |
|
2316 |
i += 1 |
|
2317 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
|
2318 |
if realpoints: |
|
2319 |
self.RefreshRealPoints() |
|
2320 |
||
2321 |
# Verify that two consecutive points haven't the same position |
|
2322 |
def VerifyPoints(self): |
|
2323 |
points = [point for point in self.Points] |
|
2324 |
segments = [segment for segment in self.Segments] |
|
2325 |
i = 1 |
|
2326 |
while i < len(points) - 1: |
|
2327 |
if points[i] == points[i + 1] and segments[i - 1] == segments[i + 1]: |
|
2328 |
for j in xrange(2): |
|
2329 |
points.pop(i) |
|
2330 |
segments.pop(i) |
|
2331 |
else: |
|
2332 |
i += 1 |
|
2333 |
# If the wire isn't in a Ladder Diagram, save the new point list |
|
2334 |
if self.Parent.__class__.__name__ != "LD_Viewer": |
|
2335 |
self.Points = [point for point in points] |
|
2336 |
self.Segments = [segment for segment in segments] |
|
2337 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
|
2338 |
self.RefreshRealPoints() |
|
2339 |
return points |
|
2340 |
||
2341 |
# Moves all the wire points except the first and the last if they are connected |
|
2342 |
def Move(self, dx, dy, endpoints = False): |
|
2343 |
for i, point in enumerate(self.Points): |
|
2344 |
if endpoints or not (i == 0 and self.StartConnected) and not (i == len(self.Points) - 1 and self.EndConnected): |
|
2345 |
point.x += dx |
|
2346 |
point.y += dy |
|
2347 |
self.StartPoint[0] = self.Points[0] |
|
2348 |
self.EndPoint[0] = self.Points[-1] |
|
2349 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
|
2350 |
||
2351 |
# Resize the wire from position and size given |
|
2352 |
def Resize(self, x, y, width, height): |
|
2353 |
if len(self.Points) > 1: |
|
2354 |
# Calculate the new position of each point for testing the new size |
|
2355 |
minx, miny = self.Pos.x, self.Pos.y |
|
2356 |
lastwidth, lastheight = self.Size.width, self.Size.height |
|
2357 |
for i, point in enumerate(self.RealPoints): |
|
2358 |
# If start or end point is connected, it's not calculate |
|
2359 |
if not (i == 0 and self.StartConnected) and not (i == len(self.Points) - 1 and self.EndConnected): |
|
2360 |
if i == 0: |
|
2361 |
dir = self.StartPoint[1] |
|
2362 |
elif i == len(self.Points) - 1: |
|
2363 |
dir = self.EndPoint[1] |
|
2364 |
else: |
|
2365 |
dir = (0, 0) |
|
208
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
2366 |
pointx = max(-dir[0] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE, min(int(round(point[0] * width / float(max(lastwidth, 1)))), |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
2367 |
width - dir[0] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE)) |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
2368 |
pointy = max(-dir[1] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE, min(int(round(point[1] * height / float(max(lastheight, 1)))), |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
2369 |
height - dir[1] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE)) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2370 |
self.Points[i] = wx.Point(minx + x + pointx, miny + y + pointy) |
0 | 2371 |
self.StartPoint[0] = self.Points[0] |
2372 |
self.EndPoint[0] = self.Points[-1] |
|
2373 |
self.GeneratePoints(False) |
|
2374 |
# Test if the wire position or size have changed |
|
2375 |
if x != 0 and minx == self.Pos.x: |
|
2376 |
x = 0 |
|
2377 |
width = lastwidth |
|
2378 |
if y != 0 and miny == self.Pos.y: |
|
2379 |
y = 0 |
|
2380 |
height = lastwidth |
|
2381 |
if width != lastwidth and lastwidth == self.Size.width: |
|
2382 |
width = lastwidth |
|
2383 |
if height != lastheight and lastheight == self.Size.height: |
|
2384 |
height = lastheight |
|
2385 |
# Calculate the real points from the new size, it's important for |
|
2386 |
# keeping a proportionality in the points position with the size |
|
249 | 2387 |
# during a resize dragging |
0 | 2388 |
for i, point in enumerate(self.RealPoints): |
2389 |
if not (i == 0 and self.StartConnected) and not (i == len(self.Points) - 1 and self.EndConnected): |
|
208
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
2390 |
point[0] = point[0] * width / float(max(lastwidth, 1)) |
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
2391 |
point[1] = point[1] * height / float(max(lastheight, 1)) |
0 | 2392 |
# Calculate the correct position of the points from real points |
2393 |
for i, point in enumerate(self.RealPoints): |
|
2394 |
if not (i == 0 and self.StartConnected) and not (i == len(self.Points) - 1 and self.EndConnected): |
|
2395 |
if i == 0: |
|
2396 |
dir = self.StartPoint[1] |
|
2397 |
elif i == len(self.Points) - 1: |
|
2398 |
dir = self.EndPoint[1] |
|
2399 |
else: |
|
2400 |
dir = (0, 0) |
|
2401 |
realpointx = max(-dir[0] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE, min(int(round(point[0])), |
|
208
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
2402 |
width - dir[0] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE)) |
0 | 2403 |
realpointy = max(-dir[1] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE, min(int(round(point[1])), |
208
c70aefcadf66
Bugs with feedback path in View, Controler and Generator fixed
lbessard
parents:
180
diff
changeset
|
2404 |
height - dir[1] * MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE)) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2405 |
self.Points[i] = wx.Point(minx + x + realpointx, miny + y + realpointy) |
0 | 2406 |
self.StartPoint[0] = self.Points[0] |
2407 |
self.EndPoint[0] = self.Points[-1] |
|
2408 |
self.GeneratePoints(False) |
|
2409 |
||
2410 |
# Moves the wire start point and update the wire points |
|
2411 |
def MoveStartPoint(self, point): |
|
2412 |
if len(self.Points) > 1: |
|
2413 |
self.StartPoint[0] = point |
|
2414 |
self.Points[0] = point |
|
2415 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
|
2416 |
||
2417 |
# Changes the wire start direction and update the wire points |
|
2418 |
def SetStartPointDirection(self, dir): |
|
2419 |
if len(self.Points) > 1: |
|
2420 |
self.StartPoint[1] = dir |
|
2421 |
self.Segments[0] = dir |
|
2422 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
|
2423 |
||
2424 |
# Rotates the wire start direction by an angle of 90 degrees anticlockwise |
|
2425 |
def RotateStartPoint(self): |
|
2426 |
self.SetStartPointDirection((self.StartPoint[1][1], -self.StartPoint[1][0])) |
|
2427 |
||
2428 |
# Connects wire start point to the connector given and moves wire start point |
|
2429 |
# to given point |
|
2430 |
def ConnectStartPoint(self, point, connector): |
|
2431 |
if point: |
|
2432 |
self.MoveStartPoint(point) |
|
2433 |
self.StartConnected = connector |
|
145 | 2434 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
0 | 2435 |
|
2436 |
# Unconnects wire start point |
|
2 | 2437 |
def UnConnectStartPoint(self, delete = False): |
2438 |
if delete: |
|
60 | 2439 |
self.StartConnected = None |
2 | 2440 |
self.Delete() |
60 | 2441 |
elif self.StartConnected: |
2442 |
self.StartConnected.UnConnect(self, unconnect = False) |
|
2 | 2443 |
self.StartConnected = None |
145 | 2444 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
0 | 2445 |
|
2446 |
# Moves the wire end point and update the wire points |
|
2447 |
def MoveEndPoint(self, point): |
|
2448 |
if len(self.Points) > 1: |
|
2449 |
self.EndPoint[0] = point |
|
2450 |
self.Points[-1] = point |
|
2451 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
|
2452 |
||
2453 |
# Changes the wire end direction and update the wire points |
|
2454 |
def SetEndPointDirection(self, dir): |
|
2455 |
if len(self.Points) > 1: |
|
2456 |
self.EndPoint[1] = dir |
|
2457 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
|
2458 |
||
2459 |
# Rotates the wire end direction by an angle of 90 degrees anticlockwise |
|
2460 |
def RotateEndPoint(self): |
|
2461 |
self.SetEndPointDirection((self.EndPoint[1][1], -self.EndPoint[1][0])) |
|
2462 |
||
2463 |
# Connects wire end point to the connector given and moves wire end point |
|
2464 |
# to given point |
|
2465 |
def ConnectEndPoint(self, point, connector): |
|
2466 |
if point: |
|
2467 |
self.MoveEndPoint(point) |
|
2468 |
self.EndConnected = connector |
|
145 | 2469 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
0 | 2470 |
|
2471 |
# Unconnects wire end point |
|
2 | 2472 |
def UnConnectEndPoint(self, delete = False): |
2473 |
if delete: |
|
60 | 2474 |
self.EndConnected = None |
2 | 2475 |
self.Delete() |
60 | 2476 |
elif self.EndConnected: |
2477 |
self.EndConnected.UnConnect(self, unconnect = False) |
|
2 | 2478 |
self.EndConnected = None |
145 | 2479 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
0 | 2480 |
|
2481 |
# Moves the wire segment given by its index |
|
145 | 2482 |
def MoveSegment(self, idx, movex, movey, scaling): |
0 | 2483 |
if 0 < idx < len(self.Segments) - 1: |
2484 |
if self.Segments[idx] in (NORTH, SOUTH): |
|
112 | 2485 |
start_x = self.Points[idx].x |
145 | 2486 |
if scaling is not None: |
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2487 |
movex = round_scaling(self.Points[idx].x + movex, scaling[0]) - self.Points[idx].x |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2488 |
if idx == 1 and (self.Points[1].x + movex - self.Points[0].x) * self.Segments[0][0] < MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2489 |
movex = round_scaling(self.Points[0].x + MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE * self.Segments[0][0], scaling[0], self.Segments[0][0]) - self.Points[idx].x |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2490 |
elif idx == len(self.Segments) - 2 and (self.Points[-1].x - (self.Points[-2].x + movex)) * self.Segments[-1][0] < MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2491 |
movex = round_scaling(self.Points[-1].x - MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE * self.Segments[-1][0], scaling[0], -self.Segments[-1][0]) - self.Points[idx].x |
0 | 2492 |
self.Points[idx].x += movex |
2493 |
self.Points[idx + 1].x += movex |
|
112 | 2494 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
2495 |
if start_x != self.Points[idx].x: |
|
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2496 |
return self.Points[idx].x - start_x, 0 |
0 | 2497 |
elif self.Segments[idx] in (EAST, WEST): |
112 | 2498 |
start_y = self.Points[idx].y |
145 | 2499 |
if scaling is not None: |
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2500 |
movey = round_scaling(self.Points[idx].y + movey, scaling[1]) - self.Points[idx].y |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2501 |
if idx == 1 and (self.Points[1].y + movey - self.Points[0].y) * self.Segments[0][1] < MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2502 |
movex = round_scaling(self.Points[0].y + MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE * self.Segments[0][1], scaling[0], self.Segments[0][1]) - self.Points[idx].y |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2503 |
elif idx == len(self.Segments) - 2 and (self.Points[-1].y - (self.Points[-2].y + movey)) * self.Segments[-1][1] < MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE: |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2504 |
movey = round_scaling(self.Points[idx].y - MIN_SEGMENT_SIZE * self.Segments[-1][1], scaling[1], -self.Segments[-1][1]) - self.Points[idx].y |
0 | 2505 |
self.Points[idx].y += movey |
2506 |
self.Points[idx + 1].y += movey |
|
112 | 2507 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
2508 |
if start_y != self.Points[idx].y: |
|
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2509 |
return 0, self.Points[idx].y - start_y |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2510 |
return 0, 0 |
0 | 2511 |
|
2512 |
# Adds two points in the middle of the handled segment |
|
2513 |
def AddSegment(self): |
|
2514 |
handle_type, handle = self.Handle |
|
2515 |
if handle_type == HANDLE_SEGMENT: |
|
2516 |
segment, dir = handle |
|
321
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2517 |
if len(self.Segments) > 1: |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2518 |
pointx = self.Points[segment].x |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2519 |
pointy = self.Points[segment].y |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2520 |
if dir[0] != 0: |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2521 |
pointx = (self.Points[segment].x + self.Points[segment + 1].x) / 2 |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2522 |
if dir[1] != 0: |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2523 |
pointy = (self.Points[segment].y + self.Points[segment + 1].y) / 2 |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2524 |
self.Points.insert(segment + 1, wx.Point(pointx, pointy)) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2525 |
self.Segments.insert(segment + 1, (dir[1], dir[0])) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2526 |
self.Points.insert(segment + 2, wx.Point(pointx, pointy)) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2527 |
self.Segments.insert(segment + 2, dir) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2528 |
else: |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2529 |
p1x = p2x = self.Points[segment].x |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2530 |
p1y = p2y = self.Points[segment].y |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2531 |
if dir[0] != 0: |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2532 |
p1x = (2 * self.Points[segment].x + self.Points[segment + 1].x) / 3 |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2533 |
p2x = (self.Points[segment].x + 2 * self.Points[segment + 1].x) / 3 |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2534 |
if dir[1] != 0: |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2535 |
p1y = (2 * self.Points[segment].y + self.Points[segment + 1].y) / 3 |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2536 |
p2y = (self.Points[segment].y + 2 * self.Points[segment + 1].y) / 3 |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2537 |
self.Points.insert(segment + 1, wx.Point(p1x, p1y)) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2538 |
self.Segments.insert(segment + 1, (dir[1], dir[0])) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2539 |
self.Points.insert(segment + 2, wx.Point(p1x, p1y)) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2540 |
self.Segments.insert(segment + 2, dir) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2541 |
self.Points.insert(segment + 3, wx.Point(p2x, p2y)) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2542 |
self.Segments.insert(segment + 3, (dir[1], dir[0])) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2543 |
self.Points.insert(segment + 4, wx.Point(p2x, p2y)) |
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2544 |
self.Segments.insert(segment + 4, dir) |
0 | 2545 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
2546 |
||
2547 |
# Delete the handled segment by removing the two segment points |
|
2548 |
def DeleteSegment(self): |
|
2549 |
handle_type, handle = self.Handle |
|
2550 |
if handle_type == HANDLE_SEGMENT: |
|
2551 |
segment, dir = handle |
|
2552 |
for i in xrange(2): |
|
2553 |
self.Points.pop(segment) |
|
2554 |
self.Segments.pop(segment) |
|
2555 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
|
2556 |
self.RefreshModel() |
|
2557 |
||
2558 |
# Method called when a LeftDown event have been generated |
|
27 | 2559 |
def OnLeftDown(self, event, dc, scaling): |
2560 |
pos = GetScaledEventPosition(event, dc, scaling) |
|
0 | 2561 |
# Test if a point have been handled |
3
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2562 |
#result = self.TestPoint(pos) |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2563 |
#if result != None: |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2564 |
# self.Handle = (HANDLE_POINT, result) |
381
98890d848701
Redefine cursor switching procedure in graphic viewers
laurent
parents:
372
diff
changeset
|
2565 |
# wx.CallAfter(self.Parent.SetCurrentCursor, 1) |
3
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2566 |
#else: |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2567 |
# Test if a segment have been handled |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2568 |
result = self.TestSegment(pos) |
0 | 2569 |
if result != None: |
3
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2570 |
if result[1] in (NORTH, SOUTH): |
381
98890d848701
Redefine cursor switching procedure in graphic viewers
laurent
parents:
372
diff
changeset
|
2571 |
wx.CallAfter(self.Parent.SetCurrentCursor, 4) |
3
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2572 |
elif result[1] in (EAST, WEST): |
381
98890d848701
Redefine cursor switching procedure in graphic viewers
laurent
parents:
372
diff
changeset
|
2573 |
wx.CallAfter(self.Parent.SetCurrentCursor, 5) |
3
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2574 |
self.Handle = (HANDLE_SEGMENT, result) |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2575 |
# Execute the default method for a graphic element |
0 | 2576 |
else: |
27 | 2577 |
Graphic_Element.OnLeftDown(self, event, dc, scaling) |
0 | 2578 |
self.oldPos = pos |
2579 |
||
80 | 2580 |
# Method called when a RightUp event has been generated |
27 | 2581 |
def OnRightUp(self, event, dc, scaling): |
2582 |
pos = GetScaledEventPosition(event, dc, scaling) |
|
0 | 2583 |
# Test if a segment has been handled |
237 | 2584 |
result = self.TestSegment(pos, True) |
0 | 2585 |
if result != None: |
2586 |
self.Handle = (HANDLE_SEGMENT, result) |
|
2587 |
# Popup the menu with special items for a wire |
|
321
5b37e16f7b2a
Adding support for adding segments on only one segment wire
lbessard
parents:
316
diff
changeset
|
2588 |
self.Parent.PopupWireMenu(0 < result[0] < len(self.Segments) - 1) |
0 | 2589 |
else: |
2590 |
# Execute the default method for a graphic element |
|
27 | 2591 |
Graphic_Element.OnRightUp(self, event, dc, scaling) |
0 | 2592 |
|
80 | 2593 |
# Method called when a LeftDClick event has been generated |
27 | 2594 |
def OnLeftDClick(self, event, dc, scaling): |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2595 |
rect = self.GetRedrawRect() |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2596 |
if event.ControlDown(): |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2597 |
direction = (self.StartPoint[1], self.EndPoint[1]) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2598 |
if direction in [(EAST, WEST), (WEST, EAST)]: |
395
d432eae889ed
Bug when aligning blocks on wire connectors without scaling defined fixed
laurent
parents:
386
diff
changeset
|
2599 |
avgy = (self.StartPoint[0].y + self.EndPoint[0].y) / 2 |
d432eae889ed
Bug when aligning blocks on wire connectors without scaling defined fixed
laurent
parents:
386
diff
changeset
|
2600 |
if scaling is not None: |
d432eae889ed
Bug when aligning blocks on wire connectors without scaling defined fixed
laurent
parents:
386
diff
changeset
|
2601 |
avgy = round(float(avgy) / scaling[1]) * scaling[1] |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2602 |
if self.StartConnected is not None: |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2603 |
movey = avgy - self.StartPoint[0].y |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2604 |
startblock = self.StartConnected.GetParentBlock() |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2605 |
startblock.Move(0, movey) |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2606 |
startblock.RefreshModel() |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2607 |
rect.Union(startblock.GetRedrawRect(0, movey)) |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2608 |
else: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2609 |
self.MoveStartPoint(wx.Point(self.StartPoint[0].x, avgy)) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2610 |
if self.EndConnected is not None: |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2611 |
movey = avgy - self.EndPoint[0].y |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2612 |
endblock = self.EndConnected.GetParentBlock() |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2613 |
endblock.Move(0, movey) |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2614 |
endblock.RefreshModel() |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2615 |
rect.Union(endblock.GetRedrawRect(0, movey)) |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2616 |
else: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2617 |
self.MoveEndPoint(wx.Point(self.EndPoint[0].x, avgy)) |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2618 |
self.Parent.RefreshBuffer() |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2619 |
elif direction in [(NORTH, SOUTH), (SOUTH, NORTH)]: |
395
d432eae889ed
Bug when aligning blocks on wire connectors without scaling defined fixed
laurent
parents:
386
diff
changeset
|
2620 |
avgx = (self.StartPoint[0].x + self.EndPoint[0].x) / 2 |
d432eae889ed
Bug when aligning blocks on wire connectors without scaling defined fixed
laurent
parents:
386
diff
changeset
|
2621 |
if scaling is not None: |
d432eae889ed
Bug when aligning blocks on wire connectors without scaling defined fixed
laurent
parents:
386
diff
changeset
|
2622 |
avgx = round(float(avgx) / scaling[0]) * scaling[0] |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2623 |
if self.StartConnected is not None: |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2624 |
movex = avgx - self.StartPoint[0].x |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2625 |
startblock = self.StartConnected.GetParentBlock() |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2626 |
startblock.Move(movex, 0) |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2627 |
startblock.RefreshModel() |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
rect.Union(startblock.GetRedrawRect(movex, 0)) |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2629 |
else: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2630 |
self.MoveStartPoint(wx.Point(avgx, self.StartPoint[0].y)) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2631 |
if self.EndConnected is not None: |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2632 |
movex = avgx - self.EndPoint[0].x |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2633 |
endblock = self.EndConnected.GetParentBlock() |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2634 |
endblock.Move(movex, 0) |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2635 |
endblock.RefreshModel() |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2636 |
rect.Union(endblock.GetRedrawRect(movex, 0)) |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2637 |
else: |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2638 |
self.MoveEndPoint(wx.Point(avgx, self.EndPoint[0].y)) |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2639 |
self.Parent.RefreshBuffer() |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2640 |
else: |
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2641 |
self.ResetPoints() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2642 |
self.GeneratePoints() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2643 |
self.RefreshModel() |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2644 |
self.Parent.RefreshBuffer() |
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2645 |
rect.Union(self.GetRedrawRect()) |
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2646 |
self.Parent.RefreshRect(self.Parent.GetScrolledRect(rect), False) |
0 | 2647 |
|
80 | 2648 |
# Method called when a Motion event has been generated |
27 | 2649 |
def OnMotion(self, event, dc, scaling): |
2650 |
pos = GetScaledEventPosition(event, dc, scaling) |
|
0 | 2651 |
if not event.Dragging(): |
2652 |
# Test if a segment has been handled |
|
2653 |
result = self.TestSegment(pos) |
|
2654 |
if result: |
|
2655 |
if result[1] in (NORTH, SOUTH): |
|
381
98890d848701
Redefine cursor switching procedure in graphic viewers
laurent
parents:
372
diff
changeset
|
2656 |
wx.CallAfter(self.Parent.SetCurrentCursor, 4) |
0 | 2657 |
elif result[1] in (EAST, WEST): |
381
98890d848701
Redefine cursor switching procedure in graphic viewers
laurent
parents:
372
diff
changeset
|
2658 |
wx.CallAfter(self.Parent.SetCurrentCursor, 5) |
144 | 2659 |
return 0, 0 |
0 | 2660 |
else: |
2661 |
# Test if a point has been handled |
|
3
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2662 |
#result = self.TestPoint(pos) |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2663 |
#if result != None: |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2664 |
# if result == 0 and self.StartConnected: |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2665 |
# self.OverStart = True |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2666 |
# elif result != 0 and self.EndConnected: |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2667 |
# self.OverEnd = True |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2668 |
#else: |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2669 |
# self.OverStart = False |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2670 |
# self.OverEnd = False |
86ccc89d7b0b
FBD Blocks and Variables can now be modified and wires can't be unconnected on both sides
lbessard
parents:
2
diff
changeset
|
2671 |
# Execute the default method for a graphic element |
90
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
2672 |
return Graphic_Element.OnMotion(self, event, dc, scaling) |
0 | 2673 |
else: |
2674 |
# Execute the default method for a graphic element |
|
90
2245e8776086
Adding support support for using PLCOpenEditor with Beremiz
lbessard
parents:
80
diff
changeset
|
2675 |
return Graphic_Element.OnMotion(self, event, dc, scaling) |
0 | 2676 |
|
2677 |
# Refreshes the wire state according to move defined and handle selected |
|
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2678 |
def ProcessDragging(self, movex, movey, event, scaling): |
0 | 2679 |
handle_type, handle = self.Handle |
2680 |
# A point has been handled |
|
2681 |
if handle_type == HANDLE_POINT: |
|
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2682 |
movex = max(-self.Points[handle].x + POINT_RADIUS, movex) |
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2683 |
movey = max(-self.Points[handle].y + POINT_RADIUS, movey) |
145 | 2684 |
if scaling is not None: |
331
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2685 |
movex = round_scaling(self.Points[handle].x + movex, scaling[0]) - self.Points[handle].x |
9106d66bd204
Bug with Scaling, MiddleButton, Wire modifications fixed.
lbessard
parents:
329
diff
changeset
|
2686 |
movey = round_scaling(self.Points[handle].y + movey, scaling[1]) - self.Points[handle].y |
0 | 2687 |
# Try to connect point to a connector |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2688 |
new_pos = wx.Point(self.Points[handle].x + movex, self.Points[handle].y + movey) |
243
c5da8b706cde
Adding support for allowing connections only between an input and an output connector
lbessard
parents:
237
diff
changeset
|
2689 |
connector = self.Parent.FindBlockConnector(new_pos, self.GetConnectionDirection()) |
0 | 2690 |
if connector: |
339 | 2691 |
if handle == 0 and self.EndConnected != connector: |
525
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2692 |
connector.HighlightParentBlock(True) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2693 |
connector.Connect((self, handle)) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2694 |
self.SetStartPointDirection(connector.GetDirection()) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2695 |
self.ConnectStartPoint(connector.GetPosition(), connector) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2696 |
pos = connector.GetPosition() |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2697 |
movex = pos.x - self.oldPos.x |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2698 |
movey = pos.y - self.oldPos.y |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2699 |
if not connector.IsCompatible(self.GetEndConnectedType()): |
339 | 2700 |
self.SetValid(False) |
525
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2701 |
self.Dragging = False |
339 | 2702 |
elif handle != 0 and self.StartConnected != connector: |
525
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2703 |
connector.HighlightParentBlock(True) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2704 |
connector.Connect((self, handle)) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2705 |
self.SetEndPointDirection(connector.GetDirection()) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2706 |
self.ConnectEndPoint(connector.GetPosition(), connector) |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2707 |
pos = connector.GetPosition() |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2708 |
movex = pos.x - self.oldPos.x |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2709 |
movey = pos.y - self.oldPos.y |
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2710 |
if not connector.IsCompatible(self.GetStartConnectedType()): |
339 | 2711 |
self.SetValid(False) |
525
e8d5ab0855d3
Adding support for debugging and forcing DATE, DT and TOD in Beremiz interface
laurent
parents:
519
diff
changeset
|
2712 |
self.Dragging = False |
0 | 2713 |
elif handle == 0: |
2714 |
self.MoveStartPoint(new_pos) |
|
2715 |
else: |
|
2716 |
self.MoveEndPoint(new_pos) |
|
2717 |
# If there is no connector, move the point |
|
2718 |
elif handle == 0: |
|
339 | 2719 |
self.SetValid(True) |
0 | 2720 |
if self.StartConnected: |
339 | 2721 |
self.StartConnected.HighlightParentBlock(False) |
0 | 2722 |
self.UnConnectStartPoint() |
2723 |
self.MoveStartPoint(new_pos) |
|
2724 |
else: |
|
339 | 2725 |
self.SetValid(True) |
0 | 2726 |
if self.EndConnected: |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
2727 |
self.EndConnected.HighlightParentBlock(False) |
0 | 2728 |
self.UnConnectEndPoint() |
2729 |
self.MoveEndPoint(new_pos) |
|
138
9c74d00ce93e
Last bugs on block and wire moving, resizing with cursor fixed
lbessard
parents:
112
diff
changeset
|
2730 |
return movex, movey |
0 | 2731 |
# A segment has been handled, move a segment |
2732 |
elif handle_type == HANDLE_SEGMENT: |
|
145 | 2733 |
return self.MoveSegment(handle[0], movex, movey, scaling) |
0 | 2734 |
# Execute the default method for a graphic element |
2735 |
else: |
|
327
7fd5233ce5ce
Adding support for contraining move to only one direction when control down
lbessard
parents:
321
diff
changeset
|
2736 |
return Graphic_Element.ProcessDragging(self, movex, movey, event, scaling) |
0 | 2737 |
|
2738 |
# Refreshes the wire model |
|
2739 |
def RefreshModel(self, move=True): |
|
2740 |
if self.StartConnected and self.StartPoint[1] in [WEST, NORTH]: |
|
2741 |
self.StartConnected.RefreshParentBlock() |
|
2742 |
if self.EndConnected and self.EndPoint[1] in [WEST, NORTH]: |
|
2743 |
self.EndConnected.RefreshParentBlock() |
|
2744 |
||
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
2745 |
# Draws the highlightment of this element if it is highlighted |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
2746 |
def DrawHighlightment(self, dc): |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2747 |
scalex, scaley = dc.GetUserScale() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2748 |
dc.SetUserScale(1, 1) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2749 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(HIGHLIGHTCOLOR, (2 * scalex + 5))) |
144 | 2750 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.Brush(HIGHLIGHTCOLOR)) |
2751 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.AND) |
|
2752 |
# Draw the start and end points if they are not connected or the mouse is over them |
|
2753 |
if len(self.Points) > 0 and (not self.StartConnected or self.OverStart): |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2754 |
dc.DrawCircle(round(self.Points[0].x * scalex), |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2755 |
round(self.Points[0].y * scaley), |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2756 |
(POINT_RADIUS + 1) * scalex + 2) |
144 | 2757 |
if len(self.Points) > 1 and (not self.EndConnected or self.OverEnd): |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2758 |
dc.DrawCircle(self.Points[-1].x * scalex, self.Points[-1].y * scaley, (POINT_RADIUS + 1) * scalex + 2) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2759 |
# Draw the wire lines and the last point (it seems that DrawLines stop before the last point) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2760 |
if len(self.Points) > 1: |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2761 |
points = [wx.Point(round((self.Points[0].x - self.Segments[0][0]) * scalex), |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2762 |
round((self.Points[0].y - self.Segments[0][1]) * scaley))] |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2763 |
points.extend([wx.Point(round(point.x * scalex), round(point.y * scaley)) for point in self.Points[1:-1]]) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2764 |
points.append(wx.Point(round((self.Points[-1].x + self.Segments[-1][0]) * scalex), |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2765 |
round((self.Points[-1].y + self.Segments[-1][1]) * scaley))) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2766 |
else: |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2767 |
points = [] |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2768 |
dc.DrawLines(points) |
145 | 2769 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.COPY) |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2770 |
dc.SetUserScale(scalex, scaley) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2771 |
|
144 | 2772 |
if self.StartConnected is not None: |
2773 |
self.StartConnected.DrawHighlightment(dc) |
|
145 | 2774 |
self.StartConnected.Draw(dc) |
144 | 2775 |
if self.EndConnected is not None: |
2776 |
self.EndConnected.DrawHighlightment(dc) |
|
145 | 2777 |
self.EndConnected.Draw(dc) |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
2778 |
|
0 | 2779 |
# Draws the wire lines and points |
2780 |
def Draw(self, dc): |
|
144 | 2781 |
Graphic_Element.Draw(self, dc) |
249 | 2782 |
if not self.Valid: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2783 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.RED)) |
339 | 2784 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.RED_BRUSH) |
249 | 2785 |
elif isinstance(self.Value, BooleanType) and self.Value: |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
2786 |
if self.Forced: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2787 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.CYAN)) |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
2788 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.CYAN_BRUSH) |
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
2789 |
else: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2790 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.GREEN)) |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
2791 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.GREEN_BRUSH) |
253 | 2792 |
elif self.Value == "undefined": |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2793 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.NamedColour("orange"))) |
339 | 2794 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.Brush(wx.NamedColour("orange"))) |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
2795 |
elif self.Forced: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2796 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.BLUE)) |
478
dc403c47af54
Adding colour to graphic element that showing forced values
laurent
parents:
469
diff
changeset
|
2797 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.BLUE_BRUSH) |
249 | 2798 |
else: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2799 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.BLACK)) |
339 | 2800 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.BLACK_BRUSH) |
0 | 2801 |
# Draw the start and end points if they are not connected or the mouse is over them |
2802 |
if len(self.Points) > 0 and (not self.StartConnected or self.OverStart): |
|
2803 |
dc.DrawCircle(self.Points[0].x, self.Points[0].y, POINT_RADIUS) |
|
2804 |
if len(self.Points) > 1 and (not self.EndConnected or self.OverEnd): |
|
2805 |
dc.DrawCircle(self.Points[-1].x, self.Points[-1].y, POINT_RADIUS) |
|
2806 |
# Draw the wire lines and the last point (it seems that DrawLines stop before the last point) |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2807 |
if len(self.Points) > 1: |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2808 |
points = [wx.Point(self.Points[0].x - self.Segments[0][0], self.Points[0].y - self.Segments[0][1])] |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2809 |
points.extend([point for point in self.Points[1:-1]]) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2810 |
points.append(wx.Point(self.Points[-1].x + self.Segments[-1][0], self.Points[-1].y + self.Segments[-1][1])) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2811 |
else: |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2812 |
points = [] |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2813 |
dc.DrawLines(points) |
0 | 2814 |
# Draw the segment selected in red |
399
3b9e0b092298
Bug drawing element selection state on printed documents fixed
laurent
parents:
398
diff
changeset
|
2815 |
if not getattr(dc, "printing", False) and self.SelectedSegment is not None: |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2816 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.BLUE, 3)) |
0 | 2817 |
if self.SelectedSegment == len(self.Segments) - 1: |
550 | 2818 |
end = 0 |
2819 |
else: |
|
2820 |
end = 1 |
|
2821 |
dc.DrawLine(self.Points[self.SelectedSegment].x - 1, self.Points[self.SelectedSegment].y, |
|
2822 |
self.Points[self.SelectedSegment + 1].x + end, self.Points[self.SelectedSegment + 1].y) |
|
253 | 2823 |
if self.Value is not None and not isinstance(self.Value, BooleanType) and self.Value != "undefined": |
361
62570186dad4
Adding support for synchronize refreshing with tick and limit it to a defined period
greg
parents:
358
diff
changeset
|
2824 |
dc.SetFont(self.Parent.GetMiniFont()) |
249 | 2825 |
dc.SetTextForeground(wx.NamedColour("purple")) |
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2826 |
if self.ValueSize is not None: |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2827 |
width, height = self.ValueSize |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2828 |
if self.BoundingBox[2] > width * 4 or self.BoundingBox[3] > height * 4: |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2829 |
x = self.Points[0].x + width * (self.StartPoint[1][0] - 1) / 2 |
529
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
2830 |
y = self.Points[0].y + height * (self.StartPoint[1][1] - 1) |
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2831 |
dc.DrawText(self.ComputedValue, x, y) |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2832 |
x = self.Points[-1].x + width * (self.EndPoint[1][0] - 1) / 2 |
529
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
2833 |
y = self.Points[-1].y + height * (self.EndPoint[1][1] - 1) |
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2834 |
dc.DrawText(self.ComputedValue, x, y) |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2835 |
else: |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2836 |
middle = len(self.Segments) / 2 + len(self.Segments) % 2 - 1 |
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2837 |
x = (self.Points[middle].x + self.Points[middle + 1].x - width) / 2 |
529
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
2838 |
if self.BoundingBox[3] > height and self.Segments[middle] in [NORTH, SOUTH]: |
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
2839 |
y = (self.Points[middle].y + self.Points[middle + 1].y - height) / 2 |
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
2840 |
else: |
cbfbd0f7135b
Move position of debug value to avoid wire to cross text
laurent
parents:
525
diff
changeset
|
2841 |
y = self.Points[middle].y - height |
519
722714c04dcd
Adding support for displaying and forcing TIME variables according to IEC 61131 literal format
laurent
parents:
505
diff
changeset
|
2842 |
dc.DrawText(self.ComputedValue, x, y) |
249 | 2843 |
dc.SetFont(self.Parent.GetFont()) |
2844 |
dc.SetTextForeground(wx.BLACK) |
|
144 | 2845 |
|
0 | 2846 |
|
2847 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
2848 |
# Graphic comment element |
|
2849 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
2850 |
||
2851 |
""" |
|
2852 |
Class that implements a comment |
|
2853 |
""" |
|
2854 |
||
2855 |
class Comment(Graphic_Element): |
|
2856 |
||
2857 |
# Create a new comment |
|
2858 |
def __init__(self, parent, content, id = None): |
|
2859 |
Graphic_Element.__init__(self, parent) |
|
2860 |
self.Id = id |
|
2861 |
self.Content = content |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2862 |
self.Pos = wx.Point(0, 0) |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2863 |
self.Size = wx.Size(0, 0) |
0 | 2864 |
|
112 | 2865 |
# Make a clone of this comment |
162 | 2866 |
def Clone(self, parent, id = None, pos = None): |
2867 |
comment = Comment(parent, self.Content, id) |
|
145 | 2868 |
if pos is not None: |
2869 |
comment.SetPosition(pos.x, pos.y) |
|
112 | 2870 |
comment.SetSize(self.Size[0], self.Size[1]) |
2871 |
return comment |
|
2872 |
||
0 | 2873 |
# Method for keeping compatibility with others |
2874 |
def Clean(self): |
|
2875 |
pass |
|
2876 |
||
2877 |
# Delete this comment by calling the corresponding method |
|
2878 |
def Delete(self): |
|
2879 |
self.Parent.DeleteComment(self) |
|
2880 |
||
2881 |
# Refresh the comment bounding box |
|
2882 |
def RefreshBoundingBox(self): |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2883 |
self.BoundingBox = wx.Rect(self.Pos.x, self.Pos.y, self.Size[0] + 1, self.Size[1] + 1) |
0 | 2884 |
|
2885 |
# Changes the comment size |
|
2886 |
def SetSize(self, width, height): |
|
2887 |
self.Size.SetWidth(width) |
|
2888 |
self.Size.SetHeight(height) |
|
2889 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
|
2890 |
||
2891 |
# Returns the comment size |
|
2892 |
def GetSize(self): |
|
2893 |
return self.Size.GetWidth(), self.Size.GetHeight() |
|
2894 |
||
2895 |
# Returns the comment minimum size |
|
2896 |
def GetMinSize(self): |
|
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2897 |
dc = wx.ClientDC(self.Parent) |
0 | 2898 |
min_width = 0 |
2899 |
min_height = 0 |
|
2900 |
# The comment minimum size is the maximum size of words in the content |
|
2901 |
for line in self.Content.splitlines(): |
|
2902 |
for word in line.split(" "): |
|
2903 |
wordwidth, wordheight = dc.GetTextExtent(word) |
|
2904 |
min_width = max(min_width, wordwidth) |
|
2905 |
min_height = max(min_height, wordheight) |
|
2906 |
return min_width + 20, min_height + 20 |
|
2907 |
||
2908 |
# Changes the comment position |
|
2909 |
def SetPosition(self, x, y): |
|
2910 |
self.Pos.x = x |
|
2911 |
self.Pos.y = y |
|
2912 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
|
2913 |
||
2914 |
# Changes the comment content |
|
2915 |
def SetContent(self, content): |
|
2916 |
self.Content = content |
|
2917 |
min_width, min_height = self.GetMinSize() |
|
2918 |
self.Size[0] = max(self.Size[0], min_width) |
|
2919 |
self.Size[1] = max(self.Size[1], min_height) |
|
2920 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
|
2921 |
||
2922 |
# Returns the comment content |
|
2923 |
def GetContent(self): |
|
2924 |
return self.Content |
|
2925 |
||
2926 |
# Returns the comment position |
|
2927 |
def GetPosition(self): |
|
2928 |
return self.Pos.x, self.Pos.y |
|
2929 |
||
2930 |
# Moves the comment |
|
2931 |
def Move(self, dx, dy, connected = True): |
|
2932 |
self.Pos.x += dx |
|
2933 |
self.Pos.y += dy |
|
2934 |
self.RefreshBoundingBox() |
|
2935 |
||
2936 |
# Resizes the comment with the position and the size given |
|
2937 |
def Resize(self, x, y, width, height): |
|
2938 |
self.Move(x, y) |
|
2939 |
self.SetSize(width, height) |
|
2940 |
||
2941 |
# Method called when a RightUp event have been generated |
|
27 | 2942 |
def OnRightUp(self, event, dc, scaling): |
0 | 2943 |
# Popup the default menu |
2944 |
self.Parent.PopupDefaultMenu() |
|
2945 |
||
554 | 2946 |
# Refreshes the wire state according to move defined and handle selected |
2947 |
def ProcessDragging(self, movex, movey, event, scaling): |
|
2948 |
if self.Parent.GetDrawingMode() != FREEDRAWING_MODE and self.Parent.CurrentLanguage == "LD": |
|
2949 |
movex = movey = 0 |
|
2950 |
return Graphic_Element.ProcessDragging(self, movex, movey, event, scaling) |
|
2951 |
||
0 | 2952 |
# Refreshes the comment model |
2953 |
def RefreshModel(self, move=True): |
|
2954 |
self.Parent.RefreshCommentModel(self) |
|
2955 |
||
2956 |
# Method called when a LeftDClick event have been generated |
|
27 | 2957 |
def OnLeftDClick(self, event, dc, scaling): |
0 | 2958 |
# Edit the comment content |
2959 |
self.Parent.EditCommentContent(self) |
|
2960 |
||
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
2961 |
# Draws the highlightment of this element if it is highlighted |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
2962 |
def DrawHighlightment(self, dc): |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2963 |
scalex, scaley = dc.GetUserScale() |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2964 |
dc.SetUserScale(1, 1) |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2965 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(HIGHLIGHTCOLOR)) |
144 | 2966 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.Brush(HIGHLIGHTCOLOR)) |
2967 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.AND) |
|
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2968 |
|
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2969 |
left = (self.Pos.x - 1) * scalex - 2 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2970 |
right = (self.Pos.x + self.Size[0] + 1) * scalex + 2 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2971 |
top = (self.Pos.y - 1) * scaley - 2 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2972 |
bottom = (self.Pos.y + self.Size[1] + 1) * scaley + 2 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2973 |
angle_top = (self.Pos.x + self.Size[0] - 9) * scalex + 2 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2974 |
angle_right = (self.Pos.y + 9) * scaley - 2 |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2975 |
|
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2976 |
polygon = [wx.Point(left, top), wx.Point(angle_top, top), |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2977 |
wx.Point(right, angle_right), wx.Point(right, bottom), |
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2978 |
wx.Point(left, bottom)] |
144 | 2979 |
dc.DrawPolygon(polygon) |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2980 |
|
144 | 2981 |
dc.SetLogicalFunction(wx.COPY) |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2982 |
dc.SetUserScale(scalex, scaley) |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
2983 |
|
0 | 2984 |
# Draws the comment and its content |
2985 |
def Draw(self, dc): |
|
144 | 2986 |
Graphic_Element.Draw(self, dc) |
563
3f92a5e18804
- Fixing editing graphic element (handles, rubberband and highlight) in graphic editor in order to make them keep the same size whatever the zoom factor applied to graphic editor
laurent
parents:
554
diff
changeset
|
2987 |
dc.SetPen(MiterPen(wx.BLACK)) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2988 |
dc.SetBrush(wx.WHITE_BRUSH) |
0 | 2989 |
# Draws the comment shape |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2990 |
polygon = [wx.Point(self.Pos.x, self.Pos.y), |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2991 |
wx.Point(self.Pos.x + self.Size[0] - 10, self.Pos.y), |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2992 |
wx.Point(self.Pos.x + self.Size[0], self.Pos.y + 10), |
140
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
2993 |
wx.Point(self.Pos.x + self.Size[0], self.Pos.y + self.Size[1]), |
06d28f03f6f4
Adding highlighting on group or element when mouse is over
lbessard
parents:
138
diff
changeset
|
2994 |
wx.Point(self.Pos.x, self.Pos.y + self.Size[1])] |
0 | 2995 |
dc.DrawPolygon(polygon) |
64
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2996 |
lines = [wx.Point(self.Pos.x + self.Size[0] - 10, self.Pos.y), |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2997 |
wx.Point(self.Pos.x + self.Size[0] - 10, self.Pos.y + 10), |
dd6f693e46a1
Cleaning code for using only wxPython 2.6 class naming
lbessard
parents:
60
diff
changeset
|
2998 |
wx.Point(self.Pos.x + self.Size[0], self.Pos.y + 10)] |
0 | 2999 |
dc.DrawLines(lines) |
3000 |
# Draws the comment content |
|
3001 |
y = self.Pos.y + 10 |
|
3002 |
for line in self.Content.splitlines(): |
|
3003 |
first = True |
|
353 | 3004 |
linetext = "" |
0 | 3005 |
words = line.split(" ") |
3006 |
for i, word in enumerate(words): |
|
3007 |
if first: |
|
3008 |
test = word |
|
3009 |
else: |
|
3010 |
test = linetext + " " + word |
|
3011 |
wordwidth, wordheight = dc.GetTextExtent(test) |
|
3012 |
if y + wordheight > self.Pos.y + self.Size[1] - 10: |
|
3013 |
break |
|
386 | 3014 |
if wordwidth < self.Size[0] - 20: |
3015 |
if i < len(words) - 1: |
|
3016 |
linetext = test |
|
3017 |
first = False |
|
3018 |
else: |
|
3019 |
dc.DrawText(test, self.Pos.x + 10, y) |
|
3020 |
y += wordheight + 5 |
|
0 | 3021 |
else: |
386 | 3022 |
dc.DrawText(linetext, self.Pos.x + 10, y) |
3023 |
if i == len(words) - 1: |
|
3024 |
y += wordheight + 5 |
|
3025 |
if y + wordheight > self.Pos.y + self.Size[1] - 10: |
|
3026 |
break |
|
3027 |
dc.DrawText(word, self.Pos.x + 10, y) |
|
0 | 3028 |
else: |
386 | 3029 |
linetext = word |
0 | 3030 |
y += wordheight + 5 |
3031 |
if y + wordheight > self.Pos.y + self.Size[1] - 10: |
|
3032 |
break |
|
249 | 3033 |